59b5b7d6805e3ba6906531e8ac304ec6aa978f24
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
160 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
161 debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
266
267 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
268 communication between developers:
269
270 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
271
272 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
273 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
274 to prepare patches.
275
276 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
277
278 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
279 using Trac for its bug database:
280
281 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
282
283
284 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
285 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
286 @cindex dongles
287 @cindex FTDI
288 @cindex wiggler
289 @cindex zy1000
290 @cindex printer port
291 @cindex USB Adapter
292 @cindex RTCK
293
294 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
295 an adapter .... [snip]
296
297 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
298 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
299 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
300 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
301 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
302 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
303 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
304
305
306 @section Choosing a Dongle
307
308 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
309
310 @enumerate
311 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
312 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
313 other ways to communicate with target devices.
314 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
315 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
316 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
317 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
318 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
319 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
320 Ethernet port needed?
321 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
322 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
323 @end enumerate
324
325 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
326
327 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
328 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
329 running on the developer's host computer.
330 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
331 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
332 IP address assigned to the probe.
333 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
334 OpenOCD debugger.
335 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
336 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
337 the target.
338 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
339 to power cycle the target remotely.
340
341 For more information, visit:
342
343 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
344
345 @section USB FT2232 Based
346
347 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
348 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
349 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
350 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
351 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
352 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
353 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
354 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
355 clocking.)
356
357 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
358 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
359 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
360 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
361 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
362
363 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
364 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
365
366 @itemize @bullet
367 @item @b{usbjtag}
368 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
369 @item @b{jtagkey}
370 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
371 @item @b{jtagkey2}
372 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
373 @item @b{oocdlink}
374 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
375 @item @b{signalyzer}
376 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
377 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
378 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
379 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
380 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
381 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
382 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
383 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
384 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
385 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
386 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
387 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
388 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
389 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
390 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
391 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
392 @item @b{turtelizer2}
393 @* See:
394 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
395 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
396 @item @b{comstick}
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
398 @item @b{stm32stick}
399 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
400 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
401 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
402 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
403 @item @b{cortino}
404 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
405 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
406 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
407 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
408 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
409 @item @b{opendous}
410 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
411 (OpenHardware).
412 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
413 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
414
415 @item @b{GW16042}
416 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
417 FT2232H-based
418
419 @end itemize
420 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
421
422 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
423 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
424 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
425 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
426 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
427
428 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
429 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
430 (see the section on driver commands).
431
432 @itemize
433 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
434 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
435 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
436 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
437 @end itemize
438
439 @section USB JLINK based
440 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
441 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
442 AT91SAM764 internally.
443
444 @itemize @bullet
445 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
446 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
447 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
448 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
449 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
450 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
451 @end itemize
452
453 @section USB RLINK based
454 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
455 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
456 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
457
458 @itemize @bullet
459 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
461 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
462 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
463 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
464 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
465 @end itemize
466
467 @section USB ST-LINK based
468 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
469 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
470
471 @itemize @bullet
472 @item @b{ST-LINK}
473 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
474 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
475 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
476 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
478 @end itemize
479
480 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
481 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
482 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
483 @itemize @bullet
484 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
485 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
486 @end itemize
487
488 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
489 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
490 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
491 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
492
493 @section USB Other
494 @itemize @bullet
495 @item @b{USBprog}
496 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
497
498 @item @b{USB - Presto}
499 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
500
501 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
502 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
503
504 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
505 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
506
507 @item @b{Buspirate}
508 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
509
510 @item @b{opendous}
511 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
512
513 @item @b{estick}
514 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
515
516 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
517 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
518 @end itemize
519
520 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
521
522 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
523 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
524 these on the market.
525
526 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
527 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
528 of USB-based ones.
529
530 @itemize @bullet
531
532 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
533 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
534
535 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
536 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
537 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
538
539 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
540 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
541
542 @item @b{Wiggler2}
543 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
544
545 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
546 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
547
548 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
549 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
550
551 @item @b{arm-jtag}
552 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
553
554 @item @b{chameleon}
555 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
556
557 @item @b{Triton}
558 @* Unknown.
559
560 @item @b{Lattice}
561 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
562 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
563
564 @item @b{flashlink}
565 @* From ST Microsystems;
566 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
567
568 @end itemize
569
570 @section Other...
571 @itemize @bullet
572
573 @item @b{ep93xx}
574 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
575
576 @item @b{at91rm9200}
577 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
578
579 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
580 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
581
582 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
583 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
584 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
585
586 @end itemize
587
588 @node About Jim-Tcl
589 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
590 @cindex Jim-Tcl
591 @cindex tcl
592
593 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
594 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
595 command interpreter.
596
597 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
598 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
599 much of anything about Tcl.
600 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
601
602 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
603 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
604 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
605 OpenOCD mailing list.
606
607 @itemize @bullet
608 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
609 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
610 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
611 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
612 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
613 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
614
615 @item @b{Missing Features}
616 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
617 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
618 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
619 enabled in OpenOCD.
620
621 @item @b{Scripts}
622 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
623 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
624 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
625
626 @item @b{Commands}
627 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
628 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
629 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
630 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
631
632 @item @b{Historical Note}
633 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
634 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
635 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
636 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
637
638 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
639 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
640 @end itemize
641
642 @node Running
643 @chapter Running
644 @cindex command line options
645 @cindex logfile
646 @cindex directory search
647
648 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
649 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
650 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
651 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
652 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
653
654 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
655 tell it how each debug session should work.
656 The @option{--help} option shows:
657 @verbatim
658 bash$ openocd --help
659
660 --help | -h display this help
661 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
662 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
663 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
664 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
665 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
666 --command | -c run <command>
667 @end verbatim
668
669 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
670 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
671 To specify one or more different
672 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
673
674 @example
675 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
676 @end example
677
678 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
679 @enumerate
680 @item the current directory,
681 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
682 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
683 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
684 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
685 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
686 @end enumerate
687 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
688
689 @quotation Note
690 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
691 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
692 @end quotation
693
694 @section Simple setup, no customization
695
696 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
697 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
698 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
699 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
700 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
701
702 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
703 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
704 the server with some variation of one of the following:
705
706 @example
707 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
708 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
709 @end example
710
711 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
712 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
713 If all goes well you'll see output something like
714
715 @example
716 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
717 For bug reports, read
718 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
719 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
720 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
721 @end example
722
723 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
724 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
725 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
726
727 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
728
729 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
730 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
731 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
732 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
733 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
734 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
735 ensure that this always succeeds.
736 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
737 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
738 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
739 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
740
741 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
742 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
743 those channels.
744
745 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
746 the @option{-d} option.
747
748 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
749 @option{-c} command line switch.
750
751 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
752 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
753 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
754 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
755 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
756 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
757 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
758
759 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
760 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
761
762 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
763 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
764 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
765 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
766
767 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
768 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
769
770 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
771 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
772 and start the OpenOCD server.
773 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
774 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
775 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
776 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
777
778 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
779
780 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
781 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
782 and a USB cable on the other.
783 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
784 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
785
786 @enumerate
787 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
788 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
789 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
790 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
791 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
792 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
793 debugging host.
794
795 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
796 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
797 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
798 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
799 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
800
801 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
802 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
803 with 1.2 Volt boards.
804
805 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
806 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
807 ways to connect the cable.
808 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
809 Be sure it's firmly connected.
810
811 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
812 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
813 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
814 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
815 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
816 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
817 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
818 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
819
820 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
821 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
822 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
823 but are tedious to set up.
824 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
825 adapter signals to the right board pins.
826
827 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
828 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
829 you are using to run OpenOCD.
830 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
831
832 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
833 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
834 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
835 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
836
837 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
838 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
839 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
840
841 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
842 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
843 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
844 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
845
846 @end enumerate
847
848 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
849 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
850 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
851
852 @section Project Directory
853
854 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
855
856 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
857 single directory for your work with a given board.
858 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
859 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
860 files accessed through semihosting,
861 and for code you upload to the target board.
862 It is also the natural place to write files,
863 such as log files and data you download from the board.
864
865 @section Configuration Basics
866
867 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
868 a variety of ways you can mix them.
869 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
870
871 @itemize
872 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
873 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
874 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
875 @end itemize
876
877 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
878 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
879 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
880
881 @example
882 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
883
884 # GDB can also flash my flash!
885 gdb_memory_map enable
886 gdb_flash_program enable
887
888 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
889 @end example
890
891 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
892
893 @example
894 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
895 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
896 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
897 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
898 @end example
899
900 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
901 each supporting a different development task.
902 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
903 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
904
905 @quotation Important
906 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
907 problems with how it treats variables.
908 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
909 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
910 that can be tested in a later script.
911 @end quotation
912
913 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
914 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
915 to simplify your work.
916
917 @section User Config Files
918 @cindex config file, user
919 @cindex user config file
920 @cindex config file, overview
921
922 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
923 in one place.
924 One of the following will match your situation best:
925
926 @itemize
927 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
928 provided by someone else.
929 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
930 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
931 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
932 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
933 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
934 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
935
936 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
937 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
938
939 @enumerate
940 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
941 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
942 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
943 @end enumerate
944
945 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
946 The first is an interface config file.
947 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
948 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
949 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
950 meet your deadline:
951
952 @example
953 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
954 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
955 @end example
956
957 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
958 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
959 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
960 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
961
962 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
963 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
964 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
965 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
966 target and board
967 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
968 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
969
970 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
971 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
972 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
973 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
974
975 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
976 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
977 giving access to your particular flash chips.
978 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
979 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
980
981 @quotation Note
982 When you write new configuration files, please submit
983 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
984 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
985 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
986 will help support users of any board using that chip.
987 @end quotation
988
989 @item
990 You may may need to write some C code.
991 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
992 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
993 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
994 a new chip architecture.
995 @end itemize
996
997 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
998 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
999 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1000
1001 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1002 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1003 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1004 @itemize
1005
1006 @item
1007 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1008 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1009 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1010 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1011
1012 @item
1013 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1014 @cindex vector_catch
1015 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1016 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1017 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1018 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1019 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1020 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1021
1022 @item
1023 You might need to override some defaults.
1024 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1025 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1026
1027 @item
1028 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1029 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1030 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1031 @end itemize
1032
1033 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1034
1035 A few project-specific utility
1036 routines may well speed up your work.
1037 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1038
1039 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1040 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1041 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1042 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1043 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1044 may help:
1045
1046 @example
1047 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1048 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1049 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1050 # Leave the CPU halted.
1051 reset init
1052
1053 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1054 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1055
1056 # Start running.
1057 resume 0x20000000
1058 @}
1059 @end example
1060
1061 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1062 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1063 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1064 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1065 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1066
1067 @example
1068 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1069 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1070 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1071 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1072 reset init
1073
1074 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1075 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1076 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1077 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1078 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1079 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1080 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1081
1082 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1083 reset run
1084 @}
1085 @end example
1086
1087 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1088 from NAND.
1089 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1090 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1091 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1092
1093 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1094 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1095
1096 @section Target Software Changes
1097
1098 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1099 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1100 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1101 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1102 handling issues like:
1103
1104 @itemize @bullet
1105
1106 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1107 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1108 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1109 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1110 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1111 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1112 your debug sessions.
1113
1114 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1115 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1116 That might however be your only option.
1117
1118 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1119 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1120 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1121 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1122 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1123 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1124 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1125 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1126 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1127 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1128 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1129 instead of the whole thing.
1130 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1131 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1132
1133 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1134 @cindex ARM semihosting
1135 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1136 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1137 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1138 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1139 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1140 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1141 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1142 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1143 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1144 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1145 NAND or SPI flash.
1146
1147 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1148 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1149 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1150 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1151 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1152
1153 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1154 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1155 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1156 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1157 registers which can be used to change various features including
1158 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1159 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1160 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1161 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1162 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1163
1164 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1165 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1166 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1167 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1168 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1169
1170 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1171 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1172 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1173 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1174 early code execution can be debugged
1175 or firmware can be replaced.
1176
1177 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1178 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1179 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1180 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1181 operations like writing to memory.)
1182
1183 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1184 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1185 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1186 various kinds of message.
1187 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1188
1189 @end itemize
1190
1191 @section Target Hardware Setup
1192
1193 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1194 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1195 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1196 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1197 working with.}
1198
1199 Common issues include:
1200
1201 @itemize @bullet
1202
1203 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1204 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1205 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1206 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1207 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1208 or one from a daughtercard).
1209 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1210 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1211
1212 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1213 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1214 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1215 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1216 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1217 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1218
1219 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1220 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1221 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1222 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1223 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1224
1225
1226 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1227 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1228 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1229 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1230 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1231 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1232 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1233
1234 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1235 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1236 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1237 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1238 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1239
1240 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1241 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1242 used to start booting.
1243
1244 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1245 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1246 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1247 multiple audio codec chips).
1248 This interacts with software
1249 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1250 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1251 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1252 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1253 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1254 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1255 audio or video codecs are used.
1256
1257 @end itemize
1258
1259 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1260 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1261 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1262 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1263 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1264 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1265 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1266 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1267 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1268 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1269
1270
1271 @node Config File Guidelines
1272 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1273
1274 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1275 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1276 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1277 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1278
1279 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1280 with files including the ones listed here.
1281 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1282 @itemize @bullet
1283 @item @file{interface} ...
1284 These are for debug adapters.
1285 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1286 @example
1287 $ ls interface -R
1288 interface/:
1289 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1290 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1291 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1292 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1293 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1294 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1295 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1296 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1297 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1298 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1299 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1300 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1301 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1302 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1303 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1304 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1305 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1306 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1307 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1308 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1309 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1310 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1311 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1312 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1313 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1314
1315 interface/ftdi:
1316 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1317 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1318 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1319 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1320 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1321 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1322 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1323 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1324 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1325 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1326 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1327 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1328 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1329 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1330 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1332 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1333 $
1334 @end example
1335 @item @file{board} ...
1336 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1337 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1338 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1339 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1340 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1341 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1342 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1343 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1344 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1345 a CPU and an FPGA.
1346 @example
1347 $ ls board
1348 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1349 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1350 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1351 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1352 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1353 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1354 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1355 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1356 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1357 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1358 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1359 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1360 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1361 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1362 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1363 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1364 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1365 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1366 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1367 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1368 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1369 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1370 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1371 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1372 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1373 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1374 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1375 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1376 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1377 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1378 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1379 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1380 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1381 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1382 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1383 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1384 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1385 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1386 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1387 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1388 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1389 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1390 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1391 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1392 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1393 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1394 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1395 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1396 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1397 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1398 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1399 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1400 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1401 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1402 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1403 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1404 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1405 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1406 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1407 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1408 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1409 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1410 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1411 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1412 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1413 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1414 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1415 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1416 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1417 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1418 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1419 $
1420 @end example
1421 @item @file{target} ...
1422 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1423 on a chip
1424 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1425 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1426 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1427 the target config file defines all of them.
1428 @example
1429 $ ls target
1430 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1431 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1432 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1433 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1434 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1435 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1436 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1437 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1438 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1439 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1440 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1441 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1442 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1443 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1444 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1445 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1446 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1447 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1448 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1449 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1450 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1451 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1452 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1453 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1454 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1455 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1456 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1457 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1458 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1459 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1460 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1461 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1462 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1463 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1464 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1465 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1466 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1467 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1468 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1469 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1470 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1471 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1472 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1473 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1474 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1475 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1476 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1477 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1478 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1479 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1480 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1481 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1482 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1483 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1484 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1485 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1486 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1487 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1488 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1489 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1490 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1491 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1492 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1493 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1494 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1495 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1496 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1497 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1498 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1499 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1500 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1501 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1502 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1503 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1504 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1505 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1506 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1507 @end example
1508 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1509 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1510 @end itemize
1511
1512 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1513 file may override features in any of the above files by
1514 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1515 commands specific to their situation.
1516
1517 @section Interface Config Files
1518
1519 The user config file
1520 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1521
1522 @example
1523 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1524 @end example
1525
1526 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1527 in use today with OpenOCD.
1528 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1529 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1530
1531 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1532 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1533 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1534 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1535 and need to provide a driver for it.
1536
1537 @section Board Config Files
1538 @cindex config file, board
1539 @cindex board config file
1540
1541 The user config file
1542 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1543
1544 @example
1545 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1546 @end example
1547
1548 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1549 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1550 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1551
1552 @enumerate
1553 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1554 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1555 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1556 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1557 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1558 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1559 @end enumerate
1560
1561 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1562 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1563 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1564 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1565
1566 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1567 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1568 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1569 configuration works.
1570
1571 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1572
1573 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1574 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1575 convention on how to use certain variables.
1576
1577 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1578 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1579 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1580 used at will within a target configuration file.
1581
1582 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1583 for a board with three chips:
1584
1585 @example
1586 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1587 set CHIPNAME network
1588 set ENDIAN big
1589 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1590 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1591 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1592 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1593
1594 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1595 set CHIPNAME video
1596 set ENDIAN little
1597 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1598 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1599 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1600 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1601
1602 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1603 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1604 unset ENDIAN
1605 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1606 @end example
1607
1608 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1609 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1610 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1611 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1612 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1613 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1614 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1615 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1616
1617 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1618 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1619 naming collisions.
1620
1621 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1622 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1623 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1624 up other clocks and peripherals.
1625
1626 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1627 @cindex variable names
1628
1629 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1630 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1631 one such chip (as shown above).
1632 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1633 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1634 to promote consistency and
1635 so that board files can override target defaults.
1636
1637 Inputs to target config files include:
1638
1639 @itemize @bullet
1640 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1641 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1642 tap identifier dotted names.
1643 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1644 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1645 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1646 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1647 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1648 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1649 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1650 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1651 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1652 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1653 @end itemize
1654
1655 Outputs from target config files include:
1656
1657 @itemize @bullet
1658 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1659 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1660 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1661 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1662 specific to that board and that target.
1663 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1664 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1665 @end itemize
1666
1667 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1668 @cindex event, reset-init
1669 @cindex reset-init handler
1670
1671 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1672 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1673 fully set up yet.
1674 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1675 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1676 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1677 handler is one of the most important.
1678
1679 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1680 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1681 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1682 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1683 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1684
1685 @quotation Note
1686 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1687 are included here.
1688 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1689 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1690 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1691 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1692 @end quotation
1693
1694 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1695 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1696 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1697 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1698 those as parameters.
1699 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1700 and disabling the watchdog.
1701 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1702 the next developer doing such work.
1703 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1704
1705 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1706 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1707 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1708 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1709
1710 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1711
1712 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1713 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1714 a low JTAG clock rate.
1715 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1716 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1717 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1718 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1719 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1720 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1721 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1722
1723 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1724 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1725 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1726 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1727 which might be less than that.
1728
1729 @quotation Warning
1730 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1731 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1732 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1733 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1734 @end quotation
1735
1736 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1737 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1738 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1739 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1740 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1741 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1742
1743 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1744 @subsection The init_board procedure
1745 @cindex init_board procedure
1746
1747 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1748 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1749 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1750 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1751 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1752 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1753 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1754 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1755 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1756 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1757 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1758 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1759
1760 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1761 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1762
1763 @example
1764 ### board_file.cfg ###
1765
1766 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1767 source [find target/target.cfg]
1768
1769 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1770 # enables fast on-board clock source
1771 # configures the chip to use it
1772 @}
1773
1774 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1775 proc init_board @{@} @{
1776 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1777
1778 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1779 adapter_khz 1
1780 enable_fast_clock
1781 adapter_khz 10000
1782 @}
1783 @}
1784 @end example
1785
1786 @section Target Config Files
1787 @cindex config file, target
1788 @cindex target config file
1789
1790 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1791 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1792 more target config files like this:
1793
1794 @example
1795 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1796 @end example
1797
1798 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1799 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1800 In summary the target files should contain
1801
1802 @enumerate
1803 @item Set defaults
1804 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1805 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1806 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1807 @item On-Chip flash
1808 @end enumerate
1809
1810 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1811 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1812 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1813
1814 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1815 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1816 can talk to the chip.
1817 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1818 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1819 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1820 and other processing engines.
1821
1822 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1823
1824 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1825 letting board config files express environment-specific
1826 differences in how things should be set up.
1827
1828 @example
1829 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1830 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1831 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1832 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1833 @} else @{
1834 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1835 @}
1836
1837 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1838 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1839 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1840 @} else @{
1841 set _ENDIAN little
1842 @}
1843
1844 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1845 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1846 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1847 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1848 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1849 @} else @{
1850 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1851 @}
1852 @end example
1853 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1854
1855 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1856 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1857 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1858
1859 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1860 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1861 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1862
1863 @example
1864 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1865 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1869 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1870 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1871 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1872 for taps.
1873
1874 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1875 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1876 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1877 looks (in part) like this:
1878
1879 @example
1880 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1881 @end example
1882
1883 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1884 to source such a config file twice, with different
1885 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1886 it adds a different TAP each time.
1887
1888 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1889 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1890 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1891 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1892
1893 @example
1894 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1895 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1896 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1897 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1898 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1899 @end example
1900
1901 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1902 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1903
1904 @itemize
1905 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1906 plus a JRC to enable them
1907 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1908 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1909 is not currently used)
1910 @end itemize
1911
1912 @subsection Add CPU targets
1913
1914 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1915 GDB and other commands can use it.
1916 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1917 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1918 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1919 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1920
1921 @example
1922 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1923 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1924 @end example
1925
1926 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1927 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1928 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1929 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1930 a work area if you can.
1931 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1932
1933 @example
1934 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1935 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1936 @end example
1937
1938 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1939 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1940 @cindex SMP
1941 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1942
1943 @example
1944 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1945 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1946 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1947 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1948 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1949 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1950 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1951 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1952 @end example
1953 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1954 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1955 @itemize @bullet
1956 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1957 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1958 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1959 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1960 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1961 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1962 @end itemize
1963
1964 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1965 command have been implemented.
1966 @itemize @bullet
1967 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1968 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1969 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1970 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1971 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1972 following example.
1973 @end itemize
1974
1975 @example
1976 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1977 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1978 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1979 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1980 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
1981 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1982 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1983 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1984 > resume
1985 > cortex_a smp_gdb
1986 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1987 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1988 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1989 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
1990 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1991 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1992 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1993 @end example
1994
1995
1996 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1997
1998 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1999 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2000 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2001
2002 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2003 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2004 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2005 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2006 both signals.
2007
2008 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2009 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2010 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2011 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2012 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2013 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2014 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2015 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2016 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2017 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2018 not available.)
2019
2020 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2021 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2022 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2023 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2024 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2025 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2026 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2027 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2028
2029 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2030 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2031 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2032 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2033 slower clock than they will use later.
2034 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2035 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2036 than they will use later.
2037 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2038
2039 @quotation Important
2040 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2041 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2042 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2043 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2044 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2045 @end quotation
2046
2047 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2048 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2049 @cindex init_targets procedure
2050
2051 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2052 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2053 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2054 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2055 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2056 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2057 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2058 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2059 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2060
2061 @example
2062 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2063
2064 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2065 # basic initialization procedure ...
2066 @}
2067
2068 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2069 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2070 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2071 @}
2072
2073 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2074
2075 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2076
2077 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2078 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2079 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2080 @}
2081 @end example
2082
2083 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2084 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2085
2086 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2087
2088 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2089 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2090
2091 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2092
2093 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2094 special high speed download features - enable it.
2095
2096 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2097
2098 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2099 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2100 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2101 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2102 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2103 If you are using an external trace port,
2104 configure it in your board config file.
2105 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2106 configure it in your target config file.
2107
2108 @example
2109 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2110 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2111 @end example
2112
2113 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2114
2115 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2116
2117 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2118 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2119 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2120 the TARGET (chip) file.
2121
2122 Examples:
2123 @itemize @bullet
2124 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2125 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2126 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2127 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2128 @end itemize
2129
2130 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2131 @section Translating Configuration Files
2132 @cindex translation
2133 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2134 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2135 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2136 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2137 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2138 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2139
2140 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2141 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2142 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2143 convert other scripts later on.
2144
2145 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2146 replace job:
2147
2148 @example
2149 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2150 #
2151 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2152 #
2153 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2154 #
2155 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2156
2157 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2158 global TARGETNAME
2159
2160 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2161
2162 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2163 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2164 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2165 @}
2166 @end example
2167
2168
2169
2170 @node Daemon Configuration
2171 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2172 @cindex initialization
2173 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2174 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2175 supported.
2176
2177 @anchor{configurationstage}
2178 @section Configuration Stage
2179 @cindex configuration stage
2180 @cindex config command
2181
2182 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2183 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2184 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2185 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2186 inside startup scripts.
2187
2188 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2189 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2190 which may be issued interactively.
2191 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2192 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2193
2194 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2195 flash banks,
2196 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2197 and other basic setup.
2198 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2199 may access or activate TAPs.
2200 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2201 longer be issued.
2202
2203 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2204 @section Entering the Run Stage
2205
2206 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2207 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2208 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2209 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2210 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2211 You should see no errors at this point.
2212 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2213 commands you used to configure the server.
2214 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2215 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2216 on the scan chain.
2217
2218 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2219 become available.
2220 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2221 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2222 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2223 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2224 entry to the run stage.
2225
2226 @deffn {Config Command} init
2227 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2228 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2229 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2230 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2231 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2232 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2233
2234 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2235 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2236 configuration files and/or command line options.
2237
2238 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2239 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2240 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2241 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2242 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2243 @end deffn
2244
2245 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2246 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2247 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2248
2249 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2250 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2251 scan chain.
2252 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2253 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2254
2255 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2256 they return.
2257 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2258 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2259 @end deffn
2260
2261 @anchor{tcpipports}
2262 @section TCP/IP Ports
2263 @cindex TCP port
2264 @cindex server
2265 @cindex port
2266 @cindex security
2267 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2268 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2269 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2270
2271 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2272 access using one or more of these ports.
2273 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2274 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2275 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2276
2277 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2278 @cindex GDB server
2279 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2280 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2281 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2282 the normal use cases.
2283
2284 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2285 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2286 disables the gdb server.
2287
2288 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2289 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2290
2291 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2292 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2293
2294 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2295 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2296 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2297
2298 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2299 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2300 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2301 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2302 @end deffn
2303
2304 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2305 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2306 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2307 output from the Tcl engine.
2308 Intended as a machine interface.
2309 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2310 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2311
2312 @end deffn
2313
2314 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2315 Specify or query the
2316 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2317 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2318 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2319 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2320 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2321 @end deffn
2322
2323 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2324 @section GDB Configuration
2325 @cindex GDB
2326 @cindex GDB configuration
2327 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2328 The ones listed here are static and global.
2329 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2330 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2331
2332 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2333 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2334 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2335 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2336 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2337 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2338 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2339 @end deffn
2340
2341 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2342 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2343 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2344 vFlash packet is received.
2345 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2346 @end deffn
2347
2348 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2349 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2350 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2351 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2352 for flash programming to work.
2353 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2354 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2355 @end deffn
2356
2357 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2358 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2359 by GDB memory read packets.
2360 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2361 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2362 @end deffn
2363
2364 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2365 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2366 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2367 @end deffn
2368
2369 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2370 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2371
2372 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2373 @end deffn
2374
2375 @anchor{eventpolling}
2376 @section Event Polling
2377
2378 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2379 where significant events can happen at any time.
2380 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2381 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2382 or to GDB.
2383
2384 Examples of such events include:
2385
2386 @itemize
2387 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2388 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2389 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2390 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2391 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2392 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2393 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2394 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2395 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2396 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2397 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2398 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2399 @end itemize
2400
2401 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2402 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2403 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2404 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2405 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2406
2407 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2408 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2409 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2410 to the various active targets.
2411 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2412 which is normally done in the background.
2413
2414 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2415 Poll the current target for its current state.
2416 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2417 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2418 specific information about the current state is printed.
2419 An optional parameter
2420 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2421
2422 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2423 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2424 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2425 @example
2426 > poll
2427 background polling: on
2428 target state: halted
2429 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2430 current mode: Supervisor
2431 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2432 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2433 >
2434 @end example
2435 @end deffn
2436
2437 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2438 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2439 @cindex config file, interface
2440 @cindex interface config file
2441
2442 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2443 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2444 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2445
2446 @quotation Note
2447 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2448 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2449 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2450 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2451 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2452 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2453 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2454 @end quotation
2455
2456 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2457 through commands in an interface configuration
2458 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2459 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2460
2461 @example
2462 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2463 @end example
2464
2465 These commands tell
2466 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2467 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2468
2469 @example
2470 # jlink interface
2471 interface jlink
2472 @end example
2473
2474 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2475
2476
2477 @section Interface Configuration
2478
2479 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2480 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2481 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2482
2483 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2484 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2485 target.
2486 @end deffn
2487
2488 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2489 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2490 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2491 @end deffn
2492 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2493 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2494 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2495 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2496 the hardware can support.
2497 @end deffn
2498
2499
2500
2501 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2502 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2503 @end deffn
2504
2505 @section Interface Drivers
2506
2507 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2508 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2509 available at run time.
2510
2511 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2512 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2513 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2514 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2515
2516 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2517 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2518 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2519 @end deffn
2520
2521 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2522 Displays status of RTCK option.
2523 Optionally sets that option first.
2524 @end deffn
2525 @end deffn
2526
2527 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2528 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2529 This has one driver-specific command:
2530
2531 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2532 Logs some status
2533 @end deffn
2534 @end deffn
2535
2536 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2537 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2538 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2539 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2540 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2541 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2542 @end deffn
2543
2544 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2545 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2546 @end deffn
2547
2548 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2549 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2550 @end deffn
2551
2552 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2553 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2554
2555 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2556 recommended as its replacement.
2557
2558 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2559 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2560
2561 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2562 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2563 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2564 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2565 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2566 @end deffn
2567
2568 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2569 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2570 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2571 is connected to the host.
2572 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2573 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2574 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2575 @end deffn
2576
2577 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2578 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2579 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2580 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2581 @itemize @minus
2582 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2583 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2584 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2585 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2586 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2587 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2588 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2589 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2590 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2591 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2592 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2593 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2594 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2595 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2596 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2597 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2598 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2599 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2600 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2601 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2602 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2603 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2604 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2605 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2606 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2607 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2608 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2609 @end itemize
2610 @end deffn
2611
2612 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2613 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2614 default values are used.
2615 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2616 @example
2617 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2618 @end example
2619 @end deffn
2620
2621 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2622 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2623 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2624 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2625 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2626 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2627 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2628 @end deffn
2629
2630 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2631 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2632 The default value is 1.
2633 @end deffn
2634
2635 For example, the interface config file for a
2636 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2637
2638 @example
2639 interface ft2232
2640 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2641 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2642 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2643 @end example
2644 @end deffn
2645
2646 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2647 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2648 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2649 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2650 interface driver.
2651
2652 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2653 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2654 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2655
2656 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2657 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2658 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2659
2660 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2661 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2662 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2663 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2664 will be used for their customary purpose.
2665
2666 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2667 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2668 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2669 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2670
2671 @itemize @minus
2672 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2673 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2674 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2675 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2676 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2677 switching data and direction as necessary
2678 @end itemize
2679
2680 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2681 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2682
2683 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2684 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2685 default values are used.
2686 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2687 @example
2688 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2689 @end example
2690 @end deffn
2691
2692 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2693 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2694 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2695 during device selection.
2696 @end deffn
2697
2698 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2699 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2700 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2701 is connected to the host.
2702 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2703 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2704 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2705 @end deffn
2706
2707 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2708 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2709 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2710 @end deffn
2711
2712 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2713 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2714 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2715 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2716 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2717 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2718 and initially asserted reset signals.
2719 @end deffn
2720
2721 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2722 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2723 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2724 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2725 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2726 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2727 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2728 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2729 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2730
2731 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2732 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2733 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2734 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2735 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2736 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2737
2738 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2739 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2740 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2741 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2742 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2743 are always driven by the FTDI.
2744 @end deffn
2745
2746 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2747 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2748 @itemize @minus
2749 @item @option{0}, drive low
2750 @item @option{1}, drive high
2751 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2752 @end itemize
2753 @end deffn
2754
2755 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2756 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2757 @end deffn
2758
2759 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2760 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2761 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2762 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2763
2764 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2765 processors which are being simulated.
2766
2767 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2768 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2769 sockets instead of TCP.
2770 @end deffn
2771
2772 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2773 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2774 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2775 @end deffn
2776
2777 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2778 something like:
2779
2780 @example
2781 interface remote_bitbang
2782 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2783 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2784 @end example
2785
2786 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2787 named mysocket:
2788
2789 @example
2790 interface remote_bitbang
2791 remote_bitbang_port 0
2792 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2793 @end example
2794 @end deffn
2795
2796 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2797 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2798 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2799 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2800
2801 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2802 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2803 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2804 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2805 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2806 @end deffn
2807
2808 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2809 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2810 default values are used.
2811 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2812 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2813 @example
2814 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2815 @end example
2816 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2817 @example
2818 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2819 @end example
2820 @end deffn
2821
2822 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2823 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2824 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2825 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2826
2827 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2828 @example
2829 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2830 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2831 @end example
2832 @end deffn
2833
2834 @end deffn
2835
2836 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2837 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2838 This has one driver-specific command:
2839
2840 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2841 Display either the address of the I/O port
2842 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2843 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2844 This is a write-once setting.
2845 @end deffn
2846 @end deffn
2847
2848 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2849 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2850
2851 @quotation Compatibility Note
2852 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2853 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2854 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2855 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2856 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2857 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2858 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2859 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2860 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2861 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2862 @end quotation
2863
2864 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2865 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2866 @end deffn
2867 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2868 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2869 @end deffn
2870 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2871 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2872 @end deffn
2873 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2874 Display the J-Link configuration.
2875 @end deffn
2876 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2877 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2878 @end deffn
2879 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2880 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2881 @end deffn
2882 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2883 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2884 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2885 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2886 @end deffn
2887 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2888 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2889 @end deffn
2890 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2891 Reset the current configuration.
2892 @end deffn
2893 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2894 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2895 @end deffn
2896 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2897 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2898 @end deffn
2899 @end deffn
2900
2901 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2902 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2903 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2904 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2905 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2906
2907 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2908 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2909 This is a write-once setting.
2910 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2911
2912 @itemize @minus
2913 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2914 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2915 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2916 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2917 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2918 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2919 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2920 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2921 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2922 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2923 some versions of
2924 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2925 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2926 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2927 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2928 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2929 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2930 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2931 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2932 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2933 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2934 @end itemize
2935 @end deffn
2936
2937 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2938 Display either the address of the I/O port
2939 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2940 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2941 This is a write-once setting.
2942
2943 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2944 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2945 you may encounter a problem.
2946 @end deffn
2947
2948 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2949 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2950 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2951 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2952 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2953 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2954
2955 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2956 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2957 @quotation Tip
2958 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2959 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2960 @example
2961 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2962 > adapter_khz 500
2963 @end example
2964 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2965 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2966 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2967 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2968 large set of samples.
2969 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2970 @example
2971 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2972 @end example
2973 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2974 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2975
2976 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2977 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2978 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2979 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2980 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2981 @end quotation
2982 @end deffn
2983
2984 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2985 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2986 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2987 @end deffn
2988
2989 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2990 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2991
2992 @example
2993 interface parport
2994 parport_port 0x278
2995 parport_cable wiggler
2996 @end example
2997 @end deffn
2998
2999 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3000 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3001 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3002 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3003 @end deffn
3004 @end deffn
3005
3006 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3007 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3008 @end deffn
3009
3010 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3011 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3012 @end deffn
3013
3014 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3015 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3016
3017 @quotation Note
3018 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3019 which are not currently documented here.
3020 @end quotation
3021 @end deffn
3022
3023 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3024 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3025 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3026 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3027
3028 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3029
3030 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3031 Currently Not Supported.
3032 @end deffn
3033
3034 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3035 Currently Not Supported.
3036 @end deffn
3037
3038 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3039 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3040 @end deffn
3041
3042 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3043 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3044 @end deffn
3045
3046 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3047 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3048 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3049 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3050 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3051 @end deffn
3052 @end deffn
3053
3054 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3055 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3056 @end deffn
3057
3058 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3059 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3060 @end deffn
3061
3062 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3063 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3064 @end deffn
3065
3066 @quotation Note
3067 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3068 which are not currently documented here.
3069 @end quotation
3070
3071 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3072 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3073 No arguments: print status.
3074 @end deffn
3075
3076 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3077 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3078 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3079
3080 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3081 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3082 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3083 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3084 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3085 configuration on exit.
3086
3087 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3088 pinout.
3089
3090 @end deffn
3091
3092 @section Transport Configuration
3093 @cindex Transport
3094 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3095 and the debug adapter you are using,
3096 several transports may be available to
3097 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3098 @deffn Command {transport list}
3099 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3100 version of OpenOCD.
3101 @end deffn
3102
3103 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3104 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3105 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3106 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3107 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3108 @end deffn
3109
3110 @subsection JTAG Transport
3111 @cindex JTAG
3112 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3113 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3114 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3115 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3116 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3117 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3118 @subsection SWD Transport
3119 @cindex SWD
3120 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3121 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3122 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3123 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3124 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3125 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3126 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3127 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3128 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3129 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3130 expected to change.
3131 @end deffn
3132 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3133 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3134 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3135 No parameters: displays current settings.
3136 @end deffn
3137
3138 @subsection SPI Transport
3139 @cindex SPI
3140 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3141 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3142 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3143 solution for flash programming.
3144
3145 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3146 @section JTAG Speed
3147 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3148 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3149 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3150 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3151 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3152 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3153 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3154 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3155 power management software that may be active.
3156
3157 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3158 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3159 target event handler.
3160 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3161 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3162 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3163 sets up those clocks).
3164 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3165 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3166 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3167 in the target config file.
3168 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3169 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3170 config file instead.
3171 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3172 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3173 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3174
3175 @example
3176 jtag_rclk 3000
3177 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3178 @end example
3179
3180 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3181 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3182 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3183 may not be the fastest solution.
3184
3185 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3186 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3187 which support adaptive clocking.
3188
3189 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3190 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3191 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3192 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3193 than the speed specified.
3194
3195 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3196 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3197 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3198 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3199
3200 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3201 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3202 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3203 JTAG clocking after setup.
3204 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3205 If the interface device can not
3206 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3207 @end deffn
3208
3209 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3210 @cindex adaptive clocking
3211 @cindex RTCK
3212 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3213 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3214 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3215 @example
3216 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3217 jtag_rclk 3000
3218 @end example
3219 @end defun
3220
3221 @node Reset Configuration
3222 @chapter Reset Configuration
3223 @cindex Reset Configuration
3224
3225 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3226 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3227 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3228 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3229 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3230 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3231 Please see the various board files for examples.
3232
3233 @quotation Note
3234 To maintainers and integrators:
3235 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3236 Normally the board configuration file
3237 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3238 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3239
3240 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3241 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3242 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3243 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3244 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3245 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3246 @end quotation
3247
3248 @section Types of Reset
3249
3250 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3251 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3252 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3253
3254 @itemize @bullet
3255 @item
3256 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3257 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3258 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3259 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3260 @item
3261 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3262 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3263 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3264 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3265 @item
3266 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3267 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3268 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3269 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3270 @item
3271 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3272 several other types of reset.
3273 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3274 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3275 There may be individual module resets.
3276 @end itemize
3277
3278 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3279 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3280 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3281 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3282 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3283 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3284 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3285 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3286 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3287
3288 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3289 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3290
3291 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3292 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3293 common issues are:
3294
3295 @itemize @bullet
3296
3297 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3298 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3299 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3300 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3301 when either of those signals is not connected.
3302 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3303 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3304 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3305 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3306
3307 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3308 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3309 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3310 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3311
3312 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3313 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3314 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3315 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3316 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3317 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3318 hardware debouncing.
3319 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3320 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3321
3322 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3323 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3324 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3325 to use push/pull output drivers.
3326 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3327 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3328 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3329 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3330
3331 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3332 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3333 issues (not limited to errata).
3334 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3335 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3336 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3337 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3338 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3339 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3340 @end itemize
3341
3342 There can also be other issues.
3343 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3344 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3345 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3346 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3347 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3348 Agreement (NDA).
3349
3350 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3351 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3352 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3353
3354 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3355 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3356
3357 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3358
3359 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3360 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3361 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3362 allowing it to be deasserted.
3363 @end deffn
3364
3365 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3366 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3367 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3368 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3369 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3370 @end deffn
3371
3372 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3373 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3374 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3375 allowing it to be deasserted.
3376 @end deffn
3377
3378 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3379 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3380 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3381 @end deffn
3382
3383 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3384 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3385 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3386 configuration scripts.
3387
3388 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3389 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3390 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3391 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3392 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3393 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3394 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3395 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3396
3397 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3398 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3399 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3400 -- may be specified at a time.
3401 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3402 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3403 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3404 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3405 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3406
3407 @itemize
3408 @item
3409 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3410 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3411 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3412 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3413 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3414
3415 @quotation Tip
3416 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3417 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3418 @end quotation
3419
3420 @item
3421 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3422 signal implementations.
3423 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3424 indicating everything behaves normally.
3425 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3426 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3427 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3428 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3429 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3430 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3431 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3432
3433 @item
3434 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3435 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3436 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3437 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3438 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3439 while SRST is asserted.
3440 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3441 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3442
3443 @item
3444 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3445 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3446 is required to use this option.
3447 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3448 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3449 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3450 be asserted before any target connection.
3451 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3452 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3453 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3454 @end itemize
3455
3456 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3457 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3458 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3459 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3460 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3461
3462 @itemize
3463 @item
3464 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3465 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3466 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3467 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3468
3469 @item
3470 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3471 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3472 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3473 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3474 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3475 @end itemize
3476 @end deffn
3477
3478 @section Custom Reset Handling
3479 @cindex events
3480
3481 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3482 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3483 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3484 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3485 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3486 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3487
3488 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3489 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3490 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3491 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3492 want to reset everything at once.
3493
3494 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3495 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3496 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3497 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3498 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3499 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3500 needs special attention.
3501
3502 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3503 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3504 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3505 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3506 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3507 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3508 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3509 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3510
3511 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3512 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3513 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3514 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3515 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3516
3517 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3518 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3519 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3520 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3521 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3522 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3523 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3524 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3525 or potentially some other value.
3526
3527 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3528 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3529 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3530 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3531 (or their associated targets)
3532 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3533
3534 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3535 they return.
3536 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3537 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3538 @end deffn
3539
3540 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3541 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3542 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3543 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3544 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3545 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3546 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3547 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3548 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3549 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3550 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3551 @end deffn
3552
3553 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3554 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3555 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3556 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3557 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3558 @end deffn
3559
3560
3561 @node TAP Declaration
3562 @chapter TAP Declaration
3563 @cindex TAP declaration
3564 @cindex TAP configuration
3565
3566 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3567 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3568
3569 @itemize @bullet
3570 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3571 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3572 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3573 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3574 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3575 start running that code.
3576 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3577 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3578 and missing connections
3579 @end itemize
3580
3581 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3582 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3583 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3584 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3585 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3586
3587 @section Scan Chains
3588 @cindex scan chain
3589
3590 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3591 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3592 They also need to be added to
3593 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3594 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3595 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3596 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3597 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3598 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3599 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3600 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3601
3602 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3603 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3604 command, presented in the next chapter.
3605 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3606 debugging targets.)
3607 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3608
3609 @verbatim
3610 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3611 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3612 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3613 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3614 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3615 @end verbatim
3616
3617 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3618 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3619 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3620 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3621 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3622 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3623 until they are told to do so.
3624
3625 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3626 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3627 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3628 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3629
3630 @example
3631 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3632 @end example
3633
3634 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3635 by a given chip.
3636 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3637 and so forth.
3638 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3639 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3640 a single chip and between them.
3641 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3642
3643 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3644 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3645 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3646 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3647 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3648 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3649 includes commands something like this:
3650
3651 @example
3652 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3653 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3654 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3655 @end example
3656
3657 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3658 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3659 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3660
3661 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3662 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3663 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3664 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3665 @example
3666 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3667 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3668 @}
3669 @end example
3670 @end deffn
3671
3672 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3673 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3674 and their status.
3675 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3676 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3677 but systems with a JTAG router can
3678 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3679 @end deffn
3680
3681 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3682 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3683
3684 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3685 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3686
3687 @section TAP Names
3688 @cindex dotted name
3689
3690 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3691 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3692 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3693 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3694 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3695 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3696 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3697 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3698
3699 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3700 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3701 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3702
3703 @quotation Tip
3704 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3705 This feature is still present.
3706 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3707 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3708 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3709 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3710 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3711 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3712 @end quotation
3713
3714 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3715
3716 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3717 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3718 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3719 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3720
3721 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3722 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3723 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3724 overridable.
3725
3726 @cindex TAP naming convention
3727 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3728 and should follow this convention:
3729
3730 @itemize @bullet
3731 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3732 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3733 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3734 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3735 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3736 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3737 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3738 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3739 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3740 with a single TAP;
3741 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3742 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3743 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3744 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3745 @end itemize
3746
3747 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3748
3749 @itemize @bullet
3750 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3751 @*The length in bits of the
3752 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3753 @end itemize
3754
3755 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3756
3757 @itemize @bullet
3758 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3759 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3760 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3761 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3762 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3763 (the TAP is linked in).
3764 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3765 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3766 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3767 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3768 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3769 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3770 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3771 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3772 values that were found but not included in the list.
3773
3774 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3775 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3776 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3777 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3778 hardware to find these values.
3779 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3780 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3781 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3782 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3783 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3784 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3785 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3786 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3787 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3788 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3789 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3790 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3791 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3792 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3793 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3794 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3795 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3796 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3797 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3798 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3799 @end itemize
3800 @end deffn
3801
3802 @section Other TAP commands
3803
3804 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3805 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3806 At this writing this TAP attribute
3807 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3808 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3809 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3810 See the next section for information about the available events.
3811
3812 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3813 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3814 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3815 @end deffn
3816
3817 @section TAP Events
3818 @cindex events
3819 @cindex TAP events
3820
3821 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3822 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3823 The other applies to debugger targets,
3824 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3825
3826 The TAP events currently defined are:
3827
3828 @itemize @bullet
3829 @item @b{post-reset}
3830 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3831 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3832 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3833 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3834 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3835
3836 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3837 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3838 of any particular target.
3839 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3840 @item @b{setup}
3841 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3842 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3843 @item @b{tap-disable}
3844 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3845 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3846 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3847 @item @b{tap-enable}
3848 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3849 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3850 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3851 @end itemize
3852
3853 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3854 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3855 contents to be accurate), you might:
3856
3857 @example
3858 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3859 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3860 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3861 @}
3862 @end example
3863
3864
3865 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3866 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3867 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3868 @cindex jrc
3869
3870 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3871 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3872 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3873 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3874 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3875
3876 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3877 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3878 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3879 be visible.
3880 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3881 ignores, such as:
3882
3883 @itemize
3884 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3885 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3886 TAPs receive new instructions.
3887 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3888 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3889 @end itemize
3890
3891 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3892 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3893 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3894 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3895
3896 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3897 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3898
3899 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3900 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3901 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3902 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3903 should define TAP event handlers using
3904 code that looks something like this:
3905
3906 @example
3907 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3908 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3909 @}
3910 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3911 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3912 @}
3913 @end example
3914
3915 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3916
3917 @example
3918 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3919 @end example
3920
3921 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3922 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3923 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3924 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3925
3926 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3927 If necessary, disables the tap
3928 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3929 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3930 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3931 and "0" if it is disabled.
3932 @end deffn
3933
3934 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3935 If necessary, enables the tap
3936 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3937 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3938 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3939 and "0" if it is disabled.
3940 @end deffn
3941
3942 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3943 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3944 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3945 and "0" if it is disabled.
3946
3947 @quotation Note
3948 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3949 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3950 @end quotation
3951 @end deffn
3952
3953 @anchor{autoprobing}
3954 @section Autoprobing
3955 @cindex autoprobe
3956 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3957
3958 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3959 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3960 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3961 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3962
3963 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3964 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3965 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3966 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3967 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3968 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3969 right when they come out of reset).
3970
3971 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3972
3973 @example
3974 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3975 reset_config trst_and_srst
3976 jtag_rclk 8
3977 @end example
3978
3979 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3980 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3981
3982 @enumerate
3983 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3984 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3985 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3986 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3987 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3988 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3989 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3990 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3991 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3992 that is discovered.
3993 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3994 register, it will report it.
3995 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3996 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3997 @end enumerate
3998
3999 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4000 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4001 that's a bit more complex:
4002
4003 @example
4004 clock speed 8 kHz
4005 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4006 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4007 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4008 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4009 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4010 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4011 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4012 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4013 @end example
4014
4015 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4016 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4017 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4018 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4019 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4020 and so forth.
4021
4022 @node CPU Configuration
4023 @chapter CPU Configuration
4024 @cindex GDB target
4025
4026 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4027 You can also access these targets without GDB
4028 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4029 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4030 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4031 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4032
4033 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4034 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4035
4036 @section Target List
4037 @cindex target, current
4038 @cindex target, list
4039
4040 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4041 where each member has a name.
4042 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4043 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4044 (plural!) command.
4045 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4046 look like with more than one:
4047 @verbatim
4048 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4049 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4050 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4051 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4052 @end verbatim
4053
4054 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4055 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4056 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4057 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4058 space seen by that current target.
4059 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4060 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4061 are examples; and there are many more.
4062
4063 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4064
4065 @deffn Command {target count}
4066 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4067 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4068 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4069
4070 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4071 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4072 @example
4073 set c [target count]
4074 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4075 # Assuming you have created this function
4076 print_target_details $x
4077 @}
4078 @end example
4079 @end deffn
4080
4081 @deffn Command {target current}
4082 Returns the name of the current target.
4083 @end deffn
4084
4085 @deffn Command {target names}
4086 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4087 @example
4088 foreach t [target names] @{
4089 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4090 @}
4091 @end example
4092 @end deffn
4093
4094 @deffn Command {target number} number
4095 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4096 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4097
4098 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4099 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4100 @example
4101 set thename [target number $x]
4102 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4103 @end example
4104 @end deffn
4105
4106 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4107 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4108
4109 @deffn Command targets [name]
4110 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4111 command names are singular.}
4112
4113 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4114 targets in a user friendly form.
4115
4116 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4117 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4118 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4119 @end deffn
4120
4121 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4122 @cindex target type
4123 @cindex CPU type
4124 @cindex CPU variant
4125
4126 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4127 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4128 when calling @command{target create}.
4129 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4130 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4131 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4132 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4133 what core-specific commands may be available
4134 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4135 and more.
4136
4137 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4138 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4139 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4140 worked around in some chip versions.
4141
4142 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4143 since there's a command to list them.
4144 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4145 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4146
4147 @anchor{targettypes}
4148 @deffn Command {target types}
4149 Lists all supported target types.
4150 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4151
4152 @itemize @bullet
4153 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4154 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4155 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4156 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4157 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4158 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4159 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4160 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4161 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4162 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4163 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4164 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4165 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4166 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4167 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4168 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4169 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4170 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4171 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4172 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4173 There are several variants defined:
4174 @itemize @minus
4175 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4176 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4177 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4178 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4179 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4180 @end itemize
4181 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4182 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4183 @itemize @minus
4184 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4185 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4186 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4187 @end itemize
4188 And two debug interfaces cores:
4189 @itemize @minus
4190 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4191 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4192 @end itemize
4193 @end itemize
4194 @end deffn
4195
4196 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4197 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4198 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4199 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4200 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4201 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4202 reflect design generations;
4203 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4204 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4205
4206 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4207 @section Target Configuration
4208
4209 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4210 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4211 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4212 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4213 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4214
4215 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4216 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4217 optional parts.
4218 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4219 command, created as part of target creation.
4220
4221 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4222 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4223 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4224 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4225 to be much more board-specific.
4226 The key steps you use might look something like this
4227
4228 @example
4229 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4230 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4231 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4232 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4233 @end example
4234
4235 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4236 on-chip SRAM.
4237 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4238 writes to target memory;
4239 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4240 GDB memory checksumming;
4241 and more.
4242
4243 @quotation Warning
4244 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4245 inaccessible when application code
4246 (such as an operating system)
4247 enables or disables the MMU.
4248 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4249 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4250 easy access to other addresses needed.
4251 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4252 @end quotation
4253
4254 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4255 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4256 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4257 controllers.
4258 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4259 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4260 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4261
4262 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4263 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4264 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4265 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4266 purposes including additional configuration.
4267
4268 @itemize @bullet
4269 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4270 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4271 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4272 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4273
4274 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4275 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4276 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4277 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4278 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4279 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4280 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4281 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4282
4283 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4284 @end itemize
4285 @end deffn
4286
4287 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4288 The options accepted by this command may also be
4289 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4290 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4291 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4292
4293 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4294 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4295 and changing its endianness or variant.
4296
4297 @itemize @bullet
4298
4299 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4300 used to access this target.
4301
4302 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4303 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4304
4305 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4306 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4307 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4308 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4309 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4310 same event name assigns only one handler.
4311
4312 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4313 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4314
4315 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4316 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4317 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4318 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4319 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4320 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4321 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4322
4323 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4324 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4325 or virtual address is being used.
4326
4327 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4328 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4329
4330 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4331 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4332 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4333 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4334 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4335
4336 @anchor{rtostype}
4337 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4338 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4339 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4340 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4341
4342 @end itemize
4343 @end deffn
4344
4345 @section Other $target_name Commands
4346 @cindex object command
4347
4348 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4349 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4350
4351 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4352 Once a button is created a button
4353 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4354 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4355 configure it like this:
4356
4357 @example
4358 # Create
4359 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4360 # Modify
4361 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4362 # Query
4363 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4364 # Report
4365 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4366 @end example
4367
4368 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4369 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4370
4371 @example
4372 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4373 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4374 @end example
4375
4376 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4377
4378 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4379 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4380 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4381 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4382 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4383 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4384 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4385 They are not otherwise documented here.
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4389 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4390 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4391 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4392 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4393 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4394 the target side uses raw memory.
4395
4396 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4397 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4398 The script orientation comes from working with data
4399 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4400 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4401 and neither store nor return those values.
4402
4403 @itemize
4404 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4405 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4406 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4407 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4408 @end itemize
4409 @end deffn
4410
4411 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4412 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4413 @command{$target_name configure}
4414 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4415 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4416 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4417 There are a few special cases:
4418
4419 @itemize @bullet
4420 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4421 event named @var{event_name}.
4422 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4423 two parameters.
4424 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4425 This is a special case because this is set using
4426 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4427 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4428 @end itemize
4429
4430 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4431 all the targets you might use something like this:
4432
4433 @example
4434 foreach name [target names] @{
4435 set y [$name cget -endian]
4436 set z [$name cget -type]
4437 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4438 $x $name $y $z]
4439 @}
4440 @end example
4441 @end deffn
4442
4443 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4444 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4445 Displays the current target state:
4446 @code{debug-running},
4447 @code{halted},
4448 @code{reset},
4449 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4450 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4451 @end deffn
4452
4453 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4454 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4455 currently associated with this target.
4456 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4457 @end deffn
4458
4459 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4460 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4461 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4462 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4463 @end deffn
4464
4465 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4466 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4467 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4468 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4469 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4470 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4471 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4472 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4473 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4474 @end deffn
4475
4476 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4477 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4478 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4479 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4480 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4481 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4482 @end deffn
4483
4484 @anchor{targetevents}
4485 @section Target Events
4486 @cindex target events
4487 @cindex events
4488 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4489 For example:
4490 @itemize @bullet
4491 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4492 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4493 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4494 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4495 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4496 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4497 to set up system clocks or
4498 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4499 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4500 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4501 @end itemize
4502
4503 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4504 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4505 @command{target create ... -event}.
4506
4507 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4508 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4509 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4510
4511 @example
4512 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4513 echo "Reset..."
4514 reset halt
4515 @}
4516 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4517 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4518 echo "Reset..."
4519 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4520 reset init
4521 @}
4522 @end example
4523
4524 The following target events are defined:
4525
4526 @itemize @bullet
4527 @item @b{debug-halted}
4528 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4529 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4530 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4531 @item @b{early-halted}
4532 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4533 @item @b{examine-start}
4534 @* Before target examine is called.
4535 @item @b{examine-end}
4536 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4537 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4538 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4539 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4540 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4541 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4542 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4543 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4544 @* When GDB disconnects
4545 @item @b{gdb-end}
4546 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4547 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4548 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4549 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4550 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4551 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4552 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4553 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4554 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4555 @item @b{gdb-start}
4556 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4557 @item @b{halted}
4558 @* The target has halted
4559 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4560 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4561 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4562 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4563 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4564 @item @b{reset-assert}
4565 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4566 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4567 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4568 it instead of asserting SRST.
4569 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4570 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4571 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4572 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4573 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4574 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4575 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4576 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4577 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4578 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4579 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4580 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4581 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4582 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4583 released on the scan chain.
4584 @item @b{reset-end}
4585 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4586 @ignore
4587 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4588 @* Currently not used
4589 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4590 @* Currently not used
4591 @end ignore
4592 @item @b{reset-init}
4593 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4594 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4595
4596 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4597 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4598 multiplexing, and so on.
4599 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4600 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4601 @item @b{reset-start}
4602 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4603 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4604
4605 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4606 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4607 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4608 @ignore
4609 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4610 @* Currently not used
4611 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4612 @* Currently not used
4613 @end ignore
4614 @item @b{resume-start}
4615 @* Before any target is resumed
4616 @item @b{resume-end}
4617 @* After all targets have resumed
4618 @item @b{resumed}
4619 @* Target has resumed
4620 @end itemize
4621
4622 @node Flash Commands
4623 @chapter Flash Commands
4624
4625 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4626 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4627 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4628 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4629 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4630 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4631 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4632 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4633 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4634
4635 Flash Steps:
4636 @enumerate
4637 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4638 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4639 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4640 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4641 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4642 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4643 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4644 @item GDB Flashing
4645 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4646 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4647 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4648 @end enumerate
4649
4650 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4651 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4652 so that it can't boot.
4653 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4654 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4655
4656 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4657 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4658 @cindex flash configuration
4659
4660 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4661 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4662 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4663 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4664 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4665 see the driver-specific documentation.
4666
4667 @itemize @bullet
4668 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4669 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4670 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4671 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4672 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4673 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4674 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4675 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4676 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4677 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4678 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4679 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4680 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4681 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4682 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4683 commands to the flash controller.
4684 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4685 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4686 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4687 for more information.
4688 @end itemize
4689 @quotation Note
4690 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4691 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4692 @end quotation
4693 @end deffn
4694
4695 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4696 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4697 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4698 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4699 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4700 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4701 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 @deffn Command {flash list}
4705 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4706 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4707 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4708 @end deffn
4709
4710 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4711 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4712 depends on the flash type.
4713 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4714 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4715 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4716 but most don't bother.
4717 @end deffn
4718
4719 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4720 @cindex flash erasing
4721 @cindex flash reading
4722 @cindex flash writing
4723 @cindex flash programming
4724 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4725
4726 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4727 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4728 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4729 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4730 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4731
4732 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4733 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4734 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4735 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4736 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4737
4738 @quotation Note
4739 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4740 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4741 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4742 back to a flash bank.
4743 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4744 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4745 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4746 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4747 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4748 @end quotation
4749
4750 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4751 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4752 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4753 disabled first.
4754 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4755 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4756 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4757
4758 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4759 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4760 up to and including @var{last}.
4761 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4762 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4763 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4764 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4765 @end deffn
4766
4767 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4768 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4769 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4770 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4771 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4772 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4773 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4774 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4775 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4776 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4777 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4778 before erase starts.
4779 @end deffn
4780
4781 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4782 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4783 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4784 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4785 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4786 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4787 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4788 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4789 before issuing this command.
4790 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4791 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4792 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4793 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4794 @end deffn
4795 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4796
4797 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4798 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4799 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4800 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4801 @end deffn
4802
4803 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4804 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4805 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4806 to the base address for each section in the image.
4807 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4808 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4809 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4810 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4811 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4812 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4813 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4814 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4815 each image section.
4816
4817 @quotation Warning
4818 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4819 data you want to preserve.
4820 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4821 sections might be erased with no notice.
4822 @itemize
4823 @item
4824 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4825 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4826 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4827 @item
4828 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4829 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4830 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4831 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4832 @end itemize
4833 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4834 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4835 @end quotation
4836
4837 @end deffn
4838
4839 @section Other Flash commands
4840 @cindex flash protection
4841
4842 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4843 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4844 and display that status.
4845 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4846 @end deffn
4847
4848 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4849 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4850 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4851 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4852 and possibly stale information.
4853 @end deffn
4854
4855 @anchor{flashprotect}
4856 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4857 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4858 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4859 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4860 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4861 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4862 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4863 @end deffn
4864
4865 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4866 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4867 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4868 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @anchor{program}
4872 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4873 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4874 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4875 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4876 @end deffn
4877
4878 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4879 @section Flash Driver List
4880 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4881 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4882 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4883
4884 @subsection External Flash
4885
4886 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4887 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4888 @cindex CFI
4889 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4890 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4891 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4892 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4893 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4894 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4895 configure a bus and its timings), or
4896 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4897 on the flash chip.
4898 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4899 speed up operation.
4900
4901 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4902
4903 @itemize
4904 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4905 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4906 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4907 @end itemize
4908
4909 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4910 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4911
4912 @example
4913 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4914 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4915 @end example
4916
4917 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4918 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4919 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4920
4921 @example
4922 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4923 @end example
4924
4925 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4926 @end deffn
4927
4928 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4929 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4930 @cindex SPIFI
4931 @cindex lpcspifi
4932 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4933 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4934 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4935
4936 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4937 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4938 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4939 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4940 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4941
4942 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4943 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4944 are configured by the driver.
4945
4946 @example
4947 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4948 @end example
4949
4950 @end deffn
4951
4952 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4953 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4954 @cindex SMI
4955 @cindex stmsmi
4956 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4957 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4958 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4959 SPI flash devices.
4960 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4961 flash devices can be connected.
4962
4963 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4964 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4965 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4966 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4967 the flash content.
4968
4969 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4970 to identify the memory bank.
4971 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4972 flash size, are detected automatically.
4973
4974 @example
4975 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4976 @end example
4977
4978 @end deffn
4979
4980 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4981
4982 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4983 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4984 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4985 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4986 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4987 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4988
4989 @example
4990 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4991 @end example
4992 @end deffn
4993
4994 @anchor{at91sam3}
4995 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4996 @cindex at91sam3
4997 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4998 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4999 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5000 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5001 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5002 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5003 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5004 chips are confirmed.}
5005
5006 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5007 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5008 the following fixed locations:
5009
5010 @example
5011 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5012 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5013 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5014 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5015 @end example
5016
5017 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5018 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5019 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5020
5021 @itemize
5022 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5023 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5024 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5025 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5026 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5027 @end itemize
5028
5029 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5030
5031 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5032 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5033 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5034 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5035 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5036 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5037 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5038
5039 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5040 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5041 @end deffn
5042
5043 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5044 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5045 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5046 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5047 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5048 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5049 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5050 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5051 @end deffn
5052
5053 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5054 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5055 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5056 @end deffn
5057 @end deffn
5058
5059 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5060 @cindex at91sam4
5061 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5062 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5063 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5064 @end deffn
5065
5066 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5067 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5068 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5069 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5070 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5071
5072 @example
5073 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5074 @end example
5075
5076 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5077 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5078
5079 @itemize
5080 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5081 @item @var{banks}
5082 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5083 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5084 @item @var{pages_size}
5085 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5086 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5087 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5088 @end itemize
5089
5090 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5091 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5092 will be autoconfigured.
5093 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5094
5095 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5096 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5097 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5098 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5099 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5100
5101 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5102 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5103 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5104 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5105 are not truly general purpose).
5106 @quotation Note
5107 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5108 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5109 @end quotation
5110 @end deffn
5111 @end deffn
5112
5113 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5114 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5115 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5116 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5117 @end deffn
5118
5119 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5120 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5121 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5122 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5123 autoconfigures itself.
5124 @example
5125 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5126 @end example
5127 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5128 supported.}
5129 @end deffn
5130
5131 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5132 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5133 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5134 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5135
5136 @quotation Note
5137 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5138 driver:
5139 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5140 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5141 @end quotation
5142
5143 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5144 which must appear in the following order:
5145
5146 @itemize
5147 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5148 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5149 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5150 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5151 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5152 LPC43x[2357])
5153 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5154 at which the core is running
5155 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5156 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5157 @quotation Note
5158 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5159 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5160 However, if you do provide it,
5161 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5162 @end quotation
5163 @end itemize
5164
5165 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5166
5167 @example
5168 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5169 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5170 @end example
5171
5172 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5173 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5174 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5175 @end deffn
5176 @end deffn
5177
5178 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5179 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5180 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5181 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5182 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5183 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5184
5185 @example
5186 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5187 @end example
5188 @end deffn
5189
5190 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5191 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5192 from NXP.
5193
5194 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5195 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5196 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5197 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5198 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5199 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5200 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5201 you start the PLL.
5202
5203 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5204
5205 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5206 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5207 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5208
5209 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5210 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5211 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5212 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5213 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5214 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5215 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5216
5217 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5218 @example
5219 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5220 @end example
5221
5222 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5223 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5224 @code{flash banks} command.
5225
5226 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5227 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5228 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5229 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5230 a known signature.
5231 Example:
5232 @example
5233 lpc2900 signature 0
5234 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5235 @end example
5236 @end deffn
5237
5238 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5239 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5240 saves it to a file in binary format.
5241 Example:
5242 @example
5243 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5244 @end example
5245 @end deffn
5246
5247 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5248 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5249 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5250 command:
5251
5252 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5253 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5254 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5255 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5256
5257 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5258 Example:
5259 @example
5260 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5261 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5262 @end example
5263 @end deffn
5264
5265 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5266 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5267 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5268 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5269 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5270 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5271 912 bytes.
5272 @quotation Attention
5273 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5274 @end quotation
5275 Example:
5276 @example
5277 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5278 @end example
5279 @end deffn
5280
5281 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5282 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5283 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5284 after the next power cycle.
5285 @quotation Attention
5286 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5287 @end quotation
5288 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5289 Example:
5290 @example
5291 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5292 flash info 0
5293 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5294 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5295 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5296 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5297 @end example
5298 @end deffn
5299
5300 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5301 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5302 effective after the next power cycle.
5303 @quotation Attention
5304 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5305 @end quotation
5306 Examples:
5307 @example
5308 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5309 @end example
5310 @end deffn
5311 @end deffn
5312
5313 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5314 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5315
5316 @example
5317 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5318 @end example
5319 @end deffn
5320
5321 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5322 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5323 and integrate flash memory.
5324
5325 @example
5326 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5327 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5328 @end example
5329
5330 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5331 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5332 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5333 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5334 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5335 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5336 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5337 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5338 @end deffn
5339 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5340 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5341 This will remove any Code Protection.
5342 @end deffn
5343 @end deffn
5344
5345 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5346 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5347 Texas Instruments
5348 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5349 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5350 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5351 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5352 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5353 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5354
5355 @example
5356 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5357 @end example
5358
5359 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5360 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5361 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5362 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5363 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5364 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5365
5366 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5367 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5368 @quotation Warning
5369 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5370 applied to all of them.
5371 @end quotation
5372 @end deffn
5373 @end deffn
5374
5375 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5376 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5377 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5378 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5379 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5380
5381 @example
5382 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5383 @end example
5384
5385 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5386 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5387 the flash driver.
5388
5389 @example
5390 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5391 @end example
5392
5393 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5394 as per the following example.
5395 @example
5396 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5397 @end example
5398
5399 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5400 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5401 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5402 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5403 are defined:
5404
5405 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5406 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5407 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5408 @end deffn
5409
5410 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5411 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5412 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5413 @end deffn
5414
5415 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5416 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5417 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5418 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5419 @end deffn
5420
5421 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5422 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5423 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5424 @end deffn
5425 @end deffn
5426
5427 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5428 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5429 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5430 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5431 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5432
5433 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5434 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5435 the flash driver.
5436
5437 @example
5438 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5439 @end example
5440
5441 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5442
5443 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5444 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5445 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5446 @end deffn
5447
5448 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5449 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5450 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5451 @end deffn
5452 @end deffn
5453
5454 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5455 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5456 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5457 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5458 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5459
5460 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5461 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5462 the flash driver.
5463
5464 @example
5465 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5466 @end example
5467 @end deffn
5468
5469 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5470 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5471 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5472 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5473 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5474
5475 @example
5476 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5477 @end example
5478
5479 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5480 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5481 for the specified flash bank.
5482 @end deffn
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5486 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5487 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5488 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5489 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5490
5491 @example
5492 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5493 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5494 @end example
5495
5496 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5497 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5498 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5499
5500 @itemize @bullet
5501 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5502 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5503 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5504 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5505 @end itemize
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @end deffn
5509
5510 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5511 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5512 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5513 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5514
5515 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5516
5517 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5518 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5519 @end deffn
5520
5521 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5522 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5523 @end deffn
5524
5525 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5526 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5527 the flash clock.
5528 @end deffn
5529 @end deffn
5530
5531 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5532 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5533 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5534
5535 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5536
5537 @itemize
5538 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5539 @end itemize
5540
5541 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5542 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5543 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5544 @example
5545 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5546 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5547 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5548 @end example
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5552 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5553 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5554 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5555 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5556 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5557 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5558
5559 @example
5560 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5561 @end example
5562 @end deffn
5563
5564 @subsection str9xpec driver
5565 @cindex str9xpec
5566
5567 Here is some background info to help
5568 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5569 the str9:
5570 @enumerate
5571 @item
5572 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5573 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5574 @item
5575 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5576 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5577 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5578 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5579 @end enumerate
5580
5581 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5582 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5583 configured for flash bank 0.
5584 @example
5585 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5586 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5587 jtag_reset 0 1
5588 # turn off target polling
5589 poll off
5590 # disable str9 core
5591 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5592 # read option bytes
5593 str9xpec options_read 0
5594 # re-enable str9 core
5595 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5596 poll on
5597 reset halt
5598 @end example
5599 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5600 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5601 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5602 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5603
5604 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5605 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5606 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5607 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5608 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5609
5610 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5611
5612 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5613 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5614 @end deffn
5615
5616 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5617 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5618 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5619 @end deffn
5620
5621 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5622 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5623 erase the device.
5624 @end deffn
5625
5626 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5627 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5628 @end deffn
5629
5630 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5631 Configure str9 boot bank.
5632 @end deffn
5633
5634 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5635 Configure str9 lvd source.
5636 @end deffn
5637
5638 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5639 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5640 @end deffn
5641
5642 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5643 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5644 @end deffn
5645
5646 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5647 Read str9 option bytes.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5651 Write str9 option bytes.
5652 @end deffn
5653
5654 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5655 unlock str9 device.
5656 @end deffn
5657
5658 @end deffn
5659
5660
5661 @section mFlash
5662
5663 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5664 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5665
5666 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5667 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5668 address @var{base}.
5669 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5670 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5671
5672 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5673
5674 @example
5675 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5676 @end example
5677
5678 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5679
5680 @example
5681 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5682 @end example
5683 @end deffn
5684
5685 @subsection mFlash commands
5686 @cindex mFlash commands
5687
5688 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5689 Configure mflash PLL.
5690 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5691 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5692 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5693 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5694 @end deffn
5695
5696 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5697 Configure bootable option.
5698 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5699 (4kB) for boot.
5700 @end deffn
5701
5702 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5703 Configure storage information.
5704 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5705 written.
5706 @end deffn
5707
5708 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5709 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5710 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5711 @end deffn
5712
5713 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5714 Probe mflash.
5715 @end deffn
5716
5717 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5718 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5719 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5720 @end deffn
5721
5722 @node Flash Programming
5723 @chapter Flash Programming
5724
5725 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5726 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5727 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5728
5729 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5730 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5731
5732 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5733 @enumerate
5734 @item 'init' is executed.
5735 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5736 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5737 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5738 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5739 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5740 @end enumerate
5741
5742 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5743
5744 @example
5745 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5746 # are optional parameters
5747 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5748 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5749
5750 # binary files need the flash address passing
5751 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5752 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5753 @end example
5754
5755 @node NAND Flash Commands
5756 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5757 @cindex NAND
5758
5759 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5760 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5761 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5762
5763 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5764 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5765 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5766 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5767 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5768 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5769
5770 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5771 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5772 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5773 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5774 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5775 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5776 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5777 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5778 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5779 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5780
5781 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5782 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5783 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5784 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5785 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5786 every 512 bytes of data.
5787
5788 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5789 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5790 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5791 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5792 ECC mode is used.
5793
5794 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5795 @enumerate
5796 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5797 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5798 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5799 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5800 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5801 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5802 to access that device.
5803 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5804 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5805 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5806 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5807 de-brick a board.
5808 @end enumerate
5809
5810 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5811 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5812 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5813 are only 32 bits wide.
5814 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5815 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5816 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5817 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5818
5819 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5820 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5821 @cindex NAND configuration
5822
5823 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5824 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5825 OpenOCD has initialized.
5826
5827 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5828 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5829 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5830 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5831 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5832 they were a single (larger) device.
5833 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5834 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5835
5836 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5837 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5838 configuration files, not interactively.
5839
5840 @itemize @bullet
5841 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5842 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5843 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5844 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5845 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5846 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5847 commands to the NAND controller.
5848 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5849 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5850 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5851 for more information.
5852 @end itemize
5853 @end deffn
5854
5855 @deffn Command {nand list}
5856 Prints a summary of each device declared
5857 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5858 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5859 @example
5860 > nand list
5861 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5862 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5863 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5864 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5865 >
5866 @end example
5867 @end deffn
5868
5869 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5870 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5871 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5872 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5873 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5874 it with most other NAND commands.
5875 @end deffn
5876
5877 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5878
5879 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5880 @cindex NAND reading
5881 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5882 starting at the specified offset.
5883 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5884
5885 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5886 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5887
5888 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5889 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5890 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5891
5892 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5893 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5894 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5895 method which handled that error correction.
5896
5897 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5898 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5899 @itemize @bullet
5900 @item no oob_* parameter
5901 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5902 @item @code{oob_raw}
5903 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5904 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5905 spare areas associated with each data page.
5906 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5907 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5908 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5909 @item @code{oob_only}
5910 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5911 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5912 spare areas associated with each data page.
5913 @end itemize
5914 @end deffn
5915
5916 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5917 @cindex NAND erasing
5918 @cindex NAND programming
5919 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5920 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5921 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5922 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5923 If those parameters are not specified,
5924 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5925 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5926
5927 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5928 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5929 block marker.
5930 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5931 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5932 @end deffn
5933
5934 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5935 @cindex NAND writing
5936 @cindex NAND programming
5937 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5938 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5939 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5940 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5941
5942 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5943 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5944
5945 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5946 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5947 past the end of the device.
5948 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5949 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5950 if that's being written.)
5951
5952 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5953 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5954 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5955
5956 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5957 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5958 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5959 @itemize @bullet
5960 @item no oob_* parameter
5961 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5962 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5963 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5964 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5965 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5966 @item @code{oob_only}
5967 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5968 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5969 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5970 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5971 @item @code{oob_raw}
5972 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5973 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5974 un-altered OOB.
5975 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5976 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5977 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5978 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5979 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5980 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5981 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5982 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5983 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5984 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5985 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5986 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5987 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5988 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5989 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5990 @end itemize
5991 @end deffn
5992
5993 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5994 @cindex NAND verification
5995 @cindex NAND programming
5996 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5997 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5998 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5999
6000 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6001 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6002
6003 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6004 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6005 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6006 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6007 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6008
6009 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6010 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6011 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6012
6013 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6014 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6015 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6016 be removed in a future release.
6017 @end deffn
6018
6019 @section Other NAND commands
6020 @cindex NAND other commands
6021
6022 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6023 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6024 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6025 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6026 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6027 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6028 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6029 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6030
6031 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6032 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6033 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6034 @end deffn
6035
6036 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6037 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6038 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6039 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6040 status for each block.
6041 @end deffn
6042
6043 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6044 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6045 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6046
6047 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6048 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6049 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6050 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6051 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6052
6053 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6054 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6055 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6056 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6057 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6058 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6059 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6060 @end deffn
6061
6062 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6063 @section NAND Driver List
6064 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6065 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6066 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6067
6068 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6069 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6070 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6071 address of the ECC controller.
6072 @example
6073 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6074 @end example
6075 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6076 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6077 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6078 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6079 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6080 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6081 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6082 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6083 @end deffn
6084 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6085 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6086 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6087 @end deffn
6088
6089 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6090 properly configured for input or output.
6091 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6092 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6093 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6094 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6095 @end deffn
6096 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6097 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6098 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6099 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6100 @end deffn
6101 @end deffn
6102
6103 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6104 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6105 chips from Texas Instruments.
6106 It takes three extra parameters:
6107 address of the NAND chip;
6108 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6109 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6110 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6111 @example
6112 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6113 @end example
6114 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6115 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6116 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6117 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6118 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6119 @end deffn
6120
6121 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6122 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6123 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6124 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6125 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6126 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6127 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6128 @end deffn
6129
6130 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6131 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6132 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6133 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6134 @end deffn
6135 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6136
6137 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6138 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6139 should work for this chip aswell.
6140 @end deffn
6141
6142 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6143 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6144 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6145 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6146 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6147 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6148 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6149 @example
6150 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6151 @end example
6152 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6153 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6154 without parameter query status.
6155 @end deffn
6156 @end deffn
6157
6158 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6159 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6160 parameter: the address of the controller.
6161 @example
6162 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6163 @end example
6164 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6165 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6166 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6167 change any behavior.
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6171 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6172 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6173 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6174 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6175 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6176 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6177 specialized commands.
6178 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6179 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6180 change any behavior.
6181 @end deffn
6182
6183 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6184 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6185 @cindex PLD
6186 @cindex FPGA
6187
6188 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6189 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6190 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6191 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6192 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6193 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6194 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6195
6196 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6197
6198 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6199 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6200 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6201
6202 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6203 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6204
6205 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6206 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6207 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6208 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6209 behavior.
6210 @end deffn
6211
6212 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6213 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6214 @end deffn
6215
6216 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6217 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6218 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6219 @end deffn
6220
6221 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6222
6223 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6224 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6225 that particular type of PLD.
6226
6227 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6228 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6229 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6230 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6231 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6232
6233 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6234 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6235 for FPGA @var{num}.
6236 @end deffn
6237 @end deffn
6238
6239 @node General Commands
6240 @chapter General Commands
6241 @cindex commands
6242
6243 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6244 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6245 commands are documented elsewhere.
6246
6247 Intent:
6248 @itemize @bullet
6249 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6250 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6251 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6252 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6253
6254 @item @b{From the human}
6255 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6256 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6257
6258 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6259 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6260 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6261
6262 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6263 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6264 port is 5555.
6265 @end itemize
6266
6267
6268 @section Daemon Commands
6269
6270 @deffn {Command} exit
6271 Exits the current telnet session.
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6275 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6276 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6277 Not every command provides helptext.
6278
6279 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6280 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6281 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6282 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6286 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6287 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6288 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6289 Useful in connection with script files
6290 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6291 @end deffn
6292
6293 @deffn Command shutdown
6294 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6295 @end deffn
6296
6297 @anchor{debuglevel}
6298 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6299 @cindex message level
6300 Display debug level.
6301 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6302 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6303 Level 0 is error messages only;
6304 level 1 adds warnings;
6305 level 2 adds informational messages;
6306 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6307 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6308 the command line along with the location of that log
6309 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6310 @xref{Running}.
6311 @end deffn
6312
6313 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6314 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6315 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6316 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6317 @example
6318 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6319 @end example
6320 @end deffn
6321
6322 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6323 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6324 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6325 @end deffn
6326
6327 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6328 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6329 @end deffn
6330
6331 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6332 @section Target State handling
6333 @cindex reset
6334 @cindex halt
6335 @cindex target initialization
6336
6337 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6338 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6339 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6340 a current target which is used to perform the
6341 various operations. The current target may be changed
6342 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6343 target which should become current.
6344
6345 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6346 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6347 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6348 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6349 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6350
6351 @emph{With no arguments}:
6352 list all available registers for the current target,
6353 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6354 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6355 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6356 are flagged as such.
6357
6358 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6359
6360 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6361 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6362 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6363 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6364 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6365 relevant module will flush such values.
6366
6367 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6368 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6369
6370 @example
6371 > reg
6372 ===== ARM registers
6373 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6374 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6375 (2) r2 (/32)
6376 ...
6377 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6378 >
6379 @end example
6380 @end deffn
6381
6382 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6383 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6384 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6385 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6386 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6387 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6388 (and enter debug mode).
6389 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6390
6391 @quotation Warning
6392 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6393 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6394 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6395 power mode by gating the core clock;
6396 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6397
6398 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6399 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6400 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6401 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6402 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6403 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6404
6405 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6406 work with a JTAG debugger.
6407 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6408 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6409 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6410 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6411 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6412 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6413 @end quotation
6414
6415 @end deffn
6416
6417 @deffn Command resume [address]
6418 Resume the target at its current code position,
6419 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6420 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6421 @end deffn
6422
6423 @deffn Command step [address]
6424 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6425 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6426 @end deffn
6427
6428 @anchor{resetcommand}
6429 @deffn Command reset
6430 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6431 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6432 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6433 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6434 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6435 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6436
6437 The optional parameter specifies what should
6438 happen after the reset.
6439 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6440 The other options will not work on all systems.
6441 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6442
6443 @itemize @minus
6444 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6445 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6446 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6447 @end itemize
6448 @end deffn
6449
6450 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6451 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6452 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6453 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6454 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6455 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6456 state.
6457 @end deffn
6458
6459 @section I/O Utilities
6460
6461 These commands are available when
6462 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6463 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6464 notably the ZY1000.
6465 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6466
6467 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6468
6469 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6470 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6471 the text file @file{filename}.
6472 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6473 The last string is followed by a newline.
6474 @end deffn
6475
6476 @deffn Command cat filename
6477 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6478 @end deffn
6479
6480 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6481 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6482 into @file{dest_filename}.
6483 @end deffn
6484
6485 @deffn Command ip
6486 @emph{No description provided.}
6487 @end deffn
6488
6489 @deffn Command ls
6490 @emph{No description provided.}
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command mac
6494 @emph{No description provided.}
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command meminfo
6498 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6499 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @deffn Command peek
6503 @emph{No description provided.}
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command poke
6507 @emph{No description provided.}
6508 @end deffn
6509
6510 @deffn Command rm filename
6511 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6512 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @deffn Command trunc filename
6516 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6517 @end deffn
6518
6519 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6520 @section Memory access commands
6521 @cindex memory access
6522
6523 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6524 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6525 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6526 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6527
6528 @enumerate
6529 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6530 to change the current target.
6531 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6532 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6533 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6534 @end enumerate
6535
6536 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6537 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6538 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6539 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6540 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6541 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6542 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6543 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6544 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6545 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6546 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6547 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6548 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6549 @end deffn
6550
6551 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6552 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6553 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6554 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6555 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6556 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6557 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6558 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6559 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6560 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6561 @end deffn
6562
6563 @anchor{imageaccess}
6564 @section Image loading commands
6565 @cindex image loading
6566 @cindex image dumping
6567
6568 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6569 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6570 binary file named @var{filename}.
6571 @end deffn
6572
6573 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6574 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6575 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6576 @end deffn
6577
6578 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6579 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6580 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6581 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6582 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6583 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6584 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6585 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6586 separately.
6587 @end deffn
6588
6589 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6590 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6591 The file format may optionally be specified
6592 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6593 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6594 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6595 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6596 @example
6597 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6598 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6599 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6600 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6601 @}
6602 @end example
6603 @end deffn
6604
6605 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6606 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6607 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6608 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6609 The file format may optionally be specified
6610 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6611 @end deffn
6612
6613 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6614 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6615 The file format may optionally be specified
6616 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6617 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6618 @end deffn
6619
6620
6621 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6622 @cindex breakpoint
6623 @cindex watchpoint
6624
6625 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6626 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6627 watchpoints.
6628 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6629
6630 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6631 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6632 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6633 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6634 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6635 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6636
6637 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6638 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6639 @end deffn
6640
6641 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6642 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6643 @end deffn
6644
6645 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6646 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6647 @end deffn
6648
6649 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6650 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6651 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6652 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6653 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6654 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6655 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6656 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6657 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6658 @end deffn
6659
6660 @section Misc Commands
6661
6662 @cindex profiling
6663 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6664 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6665 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6666 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6667 @end deffn
6668
6669 @deffn Command {version}
6670 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6671 @end deffn
6672
6673 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6674 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6675 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6676 @end deffn
6677
6678 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6679 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6680 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6681 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6682
6683 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6684 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6685 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6686 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6687
6688 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6689 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6690 @cindex tracing
6691 @cindex ETM
6692 @cindex ETB
6693
6694 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6695 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6696 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6697
6698 @itemize
6699 @item
6700 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6701 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6702 supports such an interface.
6703 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6704 and trace port support.)
6705 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6706 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6707 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6708 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6709 in the board-specific configuration file.
6710 @item
6711 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6712 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6713 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6714 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6715 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6716 @end itemize
6717
6718 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6719
6720 @quotation Issues
6721 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6722 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6723
6724 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6725 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6726 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6727 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6728 dummy trace port driver}.
6729
6730 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6731 as well as tracing only during specific states
6732 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6733
6734 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6735 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6736 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6737 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6738 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6739
6740 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6741 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6742 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6743 this original style of JTAG access.
6744 @end quotation
6745
6746 @subsection ETM Configuration
6747 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6748
6749 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6750 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6751 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6752
6753 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6754 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6755 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6756 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6757 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6758 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6759 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6760 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6761 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6762
6763 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6764 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6765 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6766
6767 @quotation Warning
6768 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6769 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6770 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6771 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6772 @end quotation
6773
6774 @quotation Note
6775 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6776 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6777 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6778 what CPU activities are traced.
6779 @end quotation
6780 @end deffn
6781
6782 @deffn Command {etm info}
6783 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6784 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6785 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6786 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6787 @end deffn
6788
6789 @deffn Command {etm status}
6790 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6791 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6792 Did trace data overflow?
6793 Was it triggered?
6794 @end deffn
6795
6796 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6797 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6798 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6799 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6800 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6801
6802 @itemize
6803 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6804 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6805 The value is one of
6806 @option{none} (save nothing),
6807 @option{data} (save data),
6808 @option{address} (save addresses),
6809 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6810 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6811 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6812 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6813 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6814 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6815 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6816 trace stream without an image of the code.
6817 @end itemize
6818 @end deffn
6819
6820 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6821 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6822 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6823 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6824 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6825
6826 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6827 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6828 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6829 @end deffn
6830
6831 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6832
6833 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6834 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6835 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6836
6837 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6838 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6839 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6840 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6841 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6842 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6843 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6844
6845 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6846
6847 @itemize
6848 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6849 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6850 for instruction access within that function's body.
6851 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6852 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6853 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6854 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6855 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6856 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6857 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6858 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6859 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6860 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6861 @item @emph{... more}
6862 @end itemize
6863
6864 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6865 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6866
6867 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6868 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6869 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6870 @end deffn
6871
6872 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6873 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6874 @end deffn
6875
6876 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6877 Opens an image file.
6878 @end deffn
6879
6880 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6881 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6882 @end deffn
6883
6884 @deffn Command {etm start}
6885 Starts trace data collection.
6886 @end deffn
6887
6888 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6889 Stops trace data collection.
6890 @end deffn
6891
6892 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6893 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6894
6895 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6896
6897 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6898 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6899 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6900 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6901 any trace data collection.}
6902 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6903 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6904 @end deffn
6905 @end deffn
6906
6907 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6908 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6909 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6910 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6911 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6912 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6913 @end deffn
6914 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6915 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6916 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6917 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6918 trace trigger becomes active.
6919
6920 @itemize
6921 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6922 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6923 afterwards.
6924 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6925 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6926 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6927 what caused that event to happen.
6928 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6929 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6930 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6931 how the event caused trouble.
6932 @end itemize
6933 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6934 @end deffn
6935
6936 @end deffn
6937
6938 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6939 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6940 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6941 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6942 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6943
6944 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6945 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6946
6947 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6948 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6949 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6950 @end deffn
6951
6952 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6953 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6954 @end deffn
6955
6956 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6957 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6958 @end deffn
6959 @end deffn
6960
6961
6962 @section Generic ARM
6963 @cindex ARM
6964
6965 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6966 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6967 commands that may be available.
6968
6969 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6970 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6971 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6972 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6973 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6974 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6975 @end deffn
6976
6977 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6978 @cindex disassemble
6979 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6980 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6981 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6982 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6983 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6984 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6985 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6986
6987 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6988 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6989 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6990 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6991 with a handful of exceptions.
6992 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6993 @end deffn
6994
6995 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6996 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6997 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6998 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6999 and using the MCR instruction.
7000 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7001 an ARM register.)
7002 @end deffn
7003
7004 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7005 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7006 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7007 and the MRC instruction.
7008 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7009 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7010 an ARM register.)
7011 @end deffn
7012
7013 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7014 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7015 core mode if necessary.
7016 @end deffn
7017
7018 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7019 @cindex ARM semihosting
7020 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7021
7022 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7023 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7024 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7025 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7026 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7027 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7028 @end deffn
7029
7030 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7031 @cindex ARMv4
7032 @cindex ARMv5
7033
7034 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7035 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7036 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7037 variant.
7038
7039 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7040 @cindex ARM7
7041 @cindex ARM9
7042
7043 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7044 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7045 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7046 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7047
7048 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7049 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7050 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7051 instead of breakpoints.
7052 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7053
7054 This should be
7055 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7056 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7057 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7058 @end deffn
7059
7060 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7061 @cindex DCC
7062 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7063 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7064 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7065
7066 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7067 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7068 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7069 @end deffn
7070
7071 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7072 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7073 that don't check completion of the operation.
7074 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7075
7076 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7077 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7078 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7079 @end deffn
7080
7081 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7082 @cindex ARM720T
7083
7084 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7085 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7086 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7087 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7088
7089 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7090 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7091 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7092
7093 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7094 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7095 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7096 @end deffn
7097
7098 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7099 @cindex ARM9
7100
7101 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7102 integer processors.
7103 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7104
7105 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7106 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7107 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7108 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7109
7110 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7111 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7112 @cindex vector_catch
7113 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7114 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7115 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7116 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7117 to those hardware vectors.
7118
7119 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7120 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7121 vector catch hardware to intercept
7122 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7123 @option{none} of them,
7124 or a list with one or more of the following:
7125 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7126 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7127 @end deffn
7128
7129 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7130 @cindex ARM920T
7131
7132 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7133 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7134 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7135 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7136 and ARM9 commands.
7137
7138 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7139 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7140 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7141 @end deffn
7142
7143 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7144 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7145 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7146 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7147 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7148 (Not all registers can be written.)
7149 @end deffn
7150
7151 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7152 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7153 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7154
7155 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7156 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7157 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7158 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7159 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7160 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7161 @end deffn
7162
7163 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7164 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7165 @end deffn
7166
7167 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7168 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7169 @end deffn
7170
7171 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7172 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7173
7174 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7175 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7176 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7177 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7178 and ARM9 commands.
7179
7180 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7181 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7182
7183 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7184 Print information about the caches found.
7185 @end deffn
7186
7187 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7188 @cindex ARM966E
7189
7190 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7191 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7192 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7193 and ARM9 commands.
7194
7195 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7196 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7197 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7198 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7199 ARM966E-S TRM.
7200 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7201 as required for BIST support.
7202 @end deffn
7203
7204 @subsection XScale specific commands
7205 @cindex XScale
7206
7207 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7208
7209 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7210 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7211 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7212 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7213 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7214 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7215 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7216
7217 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7218 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7219 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7220 the mini-IC.
7221
7222 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7223 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7224 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7225 code layout in memory:
7226 @example
7227 _vectors:
7228 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7229 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7230 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7231 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7232 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7233 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7234 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7235 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7236 .org 0x100
7237 .long real_reset_vector
7238 .long real_ui_handler
7239 .long real_swi_handler
7240 .long real_pf_abort
7241 .long real_data_abort
7242 .long 0 /* unused */
7243 .long real_irq_handler
7244 .long real_fiq_handler
7245 @end example
7246
7247 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7248 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7249 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7250 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7251 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7252 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7253 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7254 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7255 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7256 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7257 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7258 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7259 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7260 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7261 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7262 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7263 software.
7264
7265 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7266 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7267 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7268 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7269
7270 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7271 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7272 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7273 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7274 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7275 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7276 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7277 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7278 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7279
7280 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7281 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7282
7283 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7284 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7285 @end deffn
7286
7287 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7288 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7289 @end deffn
7290
7291 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7292 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7293 @end deffn
7294
7295 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7296 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7297 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7298 @end deffn
7299
7300 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7301 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7302 @end deffn
7303
7304 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7305 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7306 @end deffn
7307
7308 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7309 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7310 @end deffn
7311
7312 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7313 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7314 @end deffn
7315
7316 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7317 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7318 @end deffn
7319
7320 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7321 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7322 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7323 and modifying how it is emptied.
7324 @end deffn
7325
7326 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7327 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7328 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7329 The image @var{type} may be one of
7330 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7331 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7332 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7333 @end deffn
7334
7335 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7336 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7337 @cindex vector_catch
7338 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7339 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7340
7341 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7342 @example
7343 0x01 Trap Reset
7344 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7345 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7346 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7347 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7348 0x20 reserved
7349 0x40 Trap IRQ
7350 0x80 Trap FIQ
7351 @end example
7352 @end deffn
7353
7354 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7355 @cindex vector_table
7356
7357 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7358 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7359 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7360 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7361 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7362
7363 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7364
7365 @end deffn
7366
7367 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7368 @cindex ARMv6
7369
7370 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7371 @cindex ARM11
7372
7373 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7374 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7375 which is enabled by default.
7376 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7377 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7378 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7379 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7380 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7381 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7382 @end deffn
7383
7384 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7385 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7386 which is enabled by default.
7387 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7388 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7389 @end deffn
7390
7391 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7392 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7393 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7394 they are disabled by default.
7395 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7396 @end deffn
7397
7398 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7399 @cindex vector_catch
7400 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7401 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7402 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7403
7404 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7405 for certain hardware events.
7406 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7407 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7408 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7409 @end deffn
7410
7411 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7412 @cindex ARMv7
7413
7414 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7415 @cindex Debug Access Port
7416 @cindex DAP
7417 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7418 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7419 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7420
7421 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7422 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7423 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7424 @end deffn
7425
7426 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7427 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7428 @end deffn
7429
7430 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7431 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7432 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7433 @end deffn
7434
7435 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7436 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7437 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7438 @end deffn
7439
7440 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7441 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7442 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7443 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7444 @end deffn
7445
7446 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7447 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7448 Defaulting to 0.
7449 @end deffn
7450
7451 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7452 @cindex Cortex-M
7453
7454 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7455 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7456
7457 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7458 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7459 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7460 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7461 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7462 the step command leaves with the core running.
7463
7464 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7465 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7466 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7467
7468 Default is @option{auto}.
7469 @end deffn
7470
7471 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7472 @cindex vector_catch
7473 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7474 for certain hardware events.
7475
7476 Parameters request interception of
7477 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7478 @option{none} of them,
7479 or one or more of the following:
7480 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7481 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7482 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7483 @option{irq_err},
7484 @option{state_err},
7485 @option{chk_err}, or
7486 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7487 @option{reset}.
7488 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7489 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7490 are mapped to HardFault.
7491 UsageFault checks for
7492 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7493 must also be explicitly enabled.
7494
7495 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7496 @end deffn
7497
7498 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7499 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7500 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7501 @itemize @minus
7502 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7503 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7504 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7505 @end itemize
7506 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7507 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7508 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7509 the peripherals.
7510 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7511 @end deffn
7512
7513 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7514
7515 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7516 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7517
7518 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7519 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7520 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7521 @end deffn
7522 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7523 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7524
7525 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7526
7527 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7528 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7529 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7530 @end deffn
7531
7532 @subsection Registers commands
7533 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7534 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7535 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7536
7537 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7538
7539 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7540 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7541 and "timer" groups.
7542
7543 @emph{example:}
7544 @example
7545 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7546 @end example
7547
7548
7549 @end deffn
7550 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7551 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7552
7553 @emph{group} can be "system",
7554 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7555 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7556 @end deffn
7557
7558 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7559 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7560 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7561 @cindex tracing
7562 @cindex libdcc
7563 @cindex DCC
7564 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7565 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7566 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7567 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7568
7569 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7570 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7571 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7572 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7573 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7574 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7575
7576 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7577 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7578 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7579 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7580 The target being debugged may
7581 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7582 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7583 each supported by a command:
7584
7585 @itemize
7586 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7587 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7588 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7589 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7590
7591 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7592 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7593 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7594
7595 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7596 and then displayed at any time.
7597 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7598
7599 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7600 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7601 @end itemize
7602
7603 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7604 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7605 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7606 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7607 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7608 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7609 does the same thing.
7610
7611 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7612 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7613 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7614 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7615 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7616
7617 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7618 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7619 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7620 @end deffn
7621
7622 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7623 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7624 in the order they triggered.
7625 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7626 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7627 history records.
7628 @end deffn
7629
7630 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7631 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7632 they have been triggered.
7633 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7634 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7635 and associates it with that identifier.
7636
7637 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7638 are not related except by this command.
7639 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7640 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7641 @end deffn
7642
7643
7644 @node JTAG Commands
7645 @chapter JTAG Commands
7646 @cindex JTAG Commands
7647 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7648 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7649 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7650 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7651 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7652
7653 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7654 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7655
7656 @itemize @bullet
7657 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7658 devices such as a CPUs.
7659 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7660 standard state machine (in parallel)
7661 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7662 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7663 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7664 while the reading previous ones.
7665 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7666 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7667 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7668 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7669 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7670 registers.
7671 @end itemize
7672
7673 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7674
7675 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7676 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7677 the order of TAP state transitions.
7678 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7679 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7680 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7681 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7682 these commands are not available.
7683
7684 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7685 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7686 that specify the entire register.
7687 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7688 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7689 The return value holds the original value of each
7690 of those fields.
7691
7692 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7693 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7694 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7695 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7696 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7697
7698 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7699 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7700
7701 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7702 in that state.
7703 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7704 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7705 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7706
7707 @quotation Warning
7708 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7709 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7710 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7711 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7712 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7713 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7714 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7715 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7716 @end quotation
7717 @end deffn
7718
7719 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7720 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7721 This may be used for performance tuning.
7722
7723 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7724 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7725 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7726 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7727 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7728 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7729 @end deffn
7730
7731 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7732 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7733 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7734 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7735 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7736 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7737
7738 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7739 in that state.
7740 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7741 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7742 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7743
7744 @quotation Note
7745 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7746 register values, unlike data register values.
7747 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7748 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7749 @end quotation
7750 @end deffn
7751
7752 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7753 Set values of reset signals.
7754 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7755 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7756 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7757 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7758 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7759 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7760 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7761
7762 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7763 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7764 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7765 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7766 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7767 instead of the TRST signal.
7768 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7769 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7770 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7771 with handlers for that event.
7772 @end deffn
7773
7774 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7775 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7776 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7777 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7778 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7779 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7780 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7781 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7782 The final state must also be stable.
7783 @end deffn
7784
7785 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7786 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7787 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7788 Instructions often need some time
7789 to execute before they take effect.
7790 @end deffn
7791
7792 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7793 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7794
7795 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7796 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7797 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7798 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7799 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7800 @end deffn
7801
7802 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7803 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7804 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7805 must also be enabled.
7806 Default is enabled.
7807 @end deffn
7808
7809 @section TAP state names
7810 @cindex TAP state names
7811
7812 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7813 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7814 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7815 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7816
7817 @itemize @bullet
7818 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7819 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7820 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7821 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7822 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7823 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7824 through the data register
7825 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7826 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7827 for update or more shifting
7828 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7829 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7830 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7831 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7832 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7833 through the instruction register
7834 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7835 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7836 for update or more shifting
7837 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7838 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7839 @end itemize
7840
7841 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7842 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7843 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7844 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7845
7846 @itemize @bullet
7847 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7848 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7849 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7850 may not be as expected.
7851 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7852 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7853 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7854 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7855 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7856 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7857 @end itemize
7858
7859 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7860 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7861
7862 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7863 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7864 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7865 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7866
7867 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7868 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7869 @cindex SVF
7870
7871 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7872 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7873 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7874 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7875
7876 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7877 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7878 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7879 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7880 each command is logged before it is executed.
7881 @end deffn
7882
7883 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7884 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7885 @cindex XSVF
7886
7887 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7888 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7889 Xilinx devices.
7890 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7891 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7892
7893 @quotation Important
7894 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7895 @end quotation
7896
7897 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7898 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7899 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7900 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7901 that TAP.
7902 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7903 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7904 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7905 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7906 @end deffn
7907
7908 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7909 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7910 after building the software.
7911 You may find them useful:
7912
7913 @itemize
7914 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7915 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7916 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7917 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7918 @end itemize
7919
7920 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7921 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7922 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7923 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7924 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7925 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7926 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7927
7928
7929 @node Utility Commands
7930 @chapter Utility Commands
7931 @cindex Utility Commands
7932
7933 @section RAM testing
7934 @cindex RAM testing
7935
7936 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
7937 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
7938 testing procedures allowing to detect all sorts of issues with
7939 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
7940 hardware problems.
7941
7942 To use them you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first,
7943 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
7944 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
7945 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
7946
7947 Load the memory testing functions with
7948
7949 @example
7950 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
7951 @end example
7952
7953 to get access to the following facilities:
7954
7955 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
7956 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
7957 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
7958 @end deffn
7959
7960 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
7961 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
7962 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
7963 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
7964 @end deffn
7965
7966 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
7967 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
7968 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
7969 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
7970 @end deffn
7971
7972 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
7973 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
7974 @end deffn
7975
7976 @section Firmware recovery helpers
7977 @cindex Firmware recovery
7978
7979 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to faciliate mass-market
7980 devices recovery with JTAG.
7981
7982 For quickstart instructions run:
7983 @example
7984 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
7985 @end example
7986
7987 @node TFTP
7988 @chapter TFTP
7989 @cindex TFTP
7990 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7991 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7992
7993 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7994 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7995 server (tftpd). For example,
7996
7997 @example
7998 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7999 @end example
8000
8001 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8002 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8003
8004 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8005 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8006 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8007 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8008
8009 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8010 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8011 @cindex GDB
8012 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
8013 to debug remote targets.
8014 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8015
8016 @itemize
8017 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8018 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8019 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8020 as shown in this chapter.
8021 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8022 that also will probably need to be configured.
8023 @end itemize
8024
8025 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8026 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8027 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8028 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8029 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8030 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8031
8032 @section Connecting to GDB
8033 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8034 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8035 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8036 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8037 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8038
8039 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8040
8041 @enumerate
8042 @item
8043 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8044 @example
8045 target remote localhost:3333
8046 @end example
8047 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8048
8049 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8050 @example
8051 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8052 @end example
8053 @item
8054 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8055 @example
8056 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8057 @end example
8058 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8059 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8060 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8061 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8062 @end enumerate
8063
8064 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8065 GDB command line.
8066
8067 @section Sample GDB session startup
8068
8069 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8070 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8071 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
8072 small ARM program.
8073 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8074 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8075
8076 @example
8077 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8078 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8079 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8080 ...
8081 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8082 ...
8083 (gdb) load
8084 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8085 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8086 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8087 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8088 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8089 (gdb) continue
8090 Continuing.
8091 ...
8092 @end example
8093
8094 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8095 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8096 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8097 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8098
8099 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8100
8101 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8102 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8103 packet size and the device's memory map.
8104 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8105 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8106 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8107
8108 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8109 You may need to set those up by hand.
8110 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8111 something like:
8112
8113 @example
8114 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8115 @end example
8116
8117 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8118
8119 @example
8120 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8121 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8122 @end example
8123
8124 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8125 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8126 do not have such restrictions.
8127
8128 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8129 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8130 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8131
8132 @example
8133 define hook-step
8134 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8135 end
8136 define hookpost-step
8137 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8138 end
8139 @end example
8140
8141 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8142 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8143 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8144 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8145
8146 @section Programming using GDB
8147 @cindex Programming using GDB
8148 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8149
8150 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8151 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8152 @example
8153 gdb_memory_map disable
8154 @end example
8155 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8156 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8157 working area.
8158
8159 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8160 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8161 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8162 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8163
8164 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
8165 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8166
8167 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8168 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8169 @example
8170 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8171 @end example
8172
8173 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8174 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8175
8176 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8177 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8178 will be used.
8179
8180 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8181 script can be executed:
8182 @example
8183 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8184 @end example
8185
8186 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8187 can be used.
8188 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8189 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8190 @cindex SMP
8191 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8192 @itemize @bullet
8193 @item j - smp status request
8194 @item J - smp set request
8195 @end itemize
8196
8197 OpenOCD implements :
8198 @itemize @bullet
8199 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8200 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8201 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8202 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8203 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8204 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8205 @end itemize
8206
8207 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8208 @itemize @bullet
8209 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8210 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8211 @example
8212 set $_core 1
8213 #Jc01 packet is sent
8214 print $_core
8215 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8216 @end example
8217
8218 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8219 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8220
8221 @example
8222 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8223 define toggle0
8224 maint packet Jc0
8225 continue
8226 main packet Jc-1
8227 end
8228 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8229 define toggle1
8230 maint packet Jc1
8231 continue
8232 main packet Jc-1
8233 end
8234 @end example
8235 @end itemize
8236
8237 @section RTOS Support
8238 @cindex RTOS Support
8239 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8240
8241 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8242 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8243
8244 @* An example setup is below:
8245
8246 @example
8247 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8248 @end example
8249
8250 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8251
8252 Currently supported rtos's include:
8253 @itemize @bullet
8254 @item @option{eCos}
8255 @item @option{ThreadX}
8256 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8257 @item @option{linux}
8258 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8259 @item @option{embKernel}
8260 @end itemize
8261
8262 @quotation Note
8263 Before an RTOS can be detected it must export certain symbols otherwise it cannot be used by
8264 OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8265 @end quotation
8266
8267 @table @code
8268 @item eCos symbols
8269 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8270 @item ThreadX symbols
8271 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8272 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8273 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8274 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8275 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8276 @item linux symbols
8277 init_task.
8278 @item ChibiOS symbols
8279 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8280 @item embKernel symbols
8281 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8282 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8283 @end table
8284
8285 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8286 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8287 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8288
8289 @node Tcl Scripting API
8290 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8291 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8292 @cindex Tcl scripts
8293 @section API rules
8294
8295 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8296 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8297 information as an argument to each proc.
8298
8299 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8300 pair list and lists.
8301
8302 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8303 list.
8304
8305 @verbatim
8306
8307 > set foo(me) Duane
8308 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8309 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8310 > set foo(duck) Donald
8311
8312 If one does this:
8313
8314 > set foo
8315
8316 The result is:
8317
8318 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8319
8320 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8321
8322 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8323 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8324 }
8325 @end verbatim
8326
8327 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8328 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8329
8330 @section Internal low-level Commands
8331
8332 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8333
8334 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8335 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8336 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8337
8338 @itemize @bullet
8339 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8340
8341 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8342 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8343
8344 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8345 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8346
8347 Return information about the flash banks
8348 @end itemize
8349
8350 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8351 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8352 called "flash_banks".
8353
8354 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8355
8356 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8357 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8358 holds one of the following values:
8359
8360 @itemize @bullet
8361 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8362 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8363 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8364 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8365 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8366 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8367 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8368 @end itemize
8369
8370 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8371
8372 @quotation Note
8373 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8374 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8375 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8376 is jim, not real tcl).
8377 @end quotation
8378
8379 @node FAQ
8380 @chapter FAQ
8381 @cindex faq
8382 @enumerate
8383 @anchor{faqrtck}
8384 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8385 @cindex RTCK
8386 @cindex adaptive clocking
8387 @*
8388
8389 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8390 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8391 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8392 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8393
8394 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8395 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8396 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8397 @enumerate
8398 @item
8399 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8400 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8401 @item
8402 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8403 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8404 @end enumerate
8405
8406 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8407 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8408 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8409 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8410 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8411 power).
8412
8413 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8414 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8415 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8416 ARM926 scenario).
8417 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8418 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8419 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8420
8421 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8422 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8423 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8424 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8425
8426 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8427
8428 In order to make use of this,
8429 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8430 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8431
8432 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8433 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8434 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8435 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8436 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8437
8438 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8439 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8440 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8441 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8442
8443 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8444 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8445 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8446 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8447 with a CPLD.
8448 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8449 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8450 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8451 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8452 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8453 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8454
8455 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8456
8457 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8458
8459 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8460 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8461 depending on the chips on your board.
8462 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8463 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8464 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8465
8466 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8467 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8468 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8469
8470 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8471 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8472 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8473 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8474
8475 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8476 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8477 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8478 this way.
8479
8480 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8481 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8482 clock rate.
8483 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8484 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8485 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8486
8487 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8488
8489 @example
8490 # Example: 1.234MHz
8491 adapter_khz 1234
8492 @end example
8493
8494
8495 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8496
8497 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8498 around Windows filenames.
8499
8500 @example
8501 > echo \a
8502
8503 > echo @{\a@}
8504 \a
8505 > echo "\a"
8506
8507 >
8508 @end example
8509
8510
8511 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8512
8513 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8514 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8515 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8516
8517 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8518 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8519 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8520
8521 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8522 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8523 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8524
8525 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8526
8527 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8528 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8529 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8530 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8531
8532 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8533 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8534 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8535
8536 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8537 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8538
8539 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8540 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8541 memory read caused data abort".
8542
8543 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8544 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8545 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8546 be done, feel free to add this here.
8547
8548 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8549 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8550 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8551 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8552 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8553 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8554 gracefully stops.
8555
8556 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8557 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8558 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8559
8560 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8561 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8562 bytes. Painful...
8563
8564
8565 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8566 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8567
8568 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8569 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8570 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8571 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8572 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8573 reset, everything else should work fine.
8574
8575 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8576 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8577 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8578 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8579
8580 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8581 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8582 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8583 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8584
8585 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8586
8587 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8588 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8589 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8590 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8591
8592 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8593 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8594 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8595 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8596
8597 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8598 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8599 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8600
8601 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8602 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8603
8604 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8605 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8606 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8607 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8608 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8609 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8610 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8611 clock frequency?
8612
8613 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8614 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8615 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8616 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8617 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8618
8619 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8620
8621 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8622 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8623 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8624 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8625 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8626 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8627 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8628
8629 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8630
8631 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8632 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8633 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8634 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8635
8636 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8637 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8638 particular order?
8639
8640 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8641 the same order used by the hardware.
8642
8643 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8644 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8645 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8646 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8647 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8648 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8649
8650 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8651 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8652 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8653 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8654
8655 @itemize @bullet
8656 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8657 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8658 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8659 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8660 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8661 @end itemize
8662
8663 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8664
8665 @itemize @bullet
8666 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8667 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8668 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8669 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8670 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8671 @end itemize
8672
8673
8674 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8675 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8676 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8677
8678 TODO.
8679
8680 @end enumerate
8681
8682 @node Tcl Crash Course
8683 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8684 @cindex Tcl
8685
8686 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8687 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8688 how the Tcl scripts work.
8689
8690 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8691 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8692 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8693 OpenOCD.
8694
8695 @section Tcl Rule #1
8696 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8697 @enumerate
8698 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8699 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8700 @end enumerate
8701
8702 The Tcl equal is this:
8703
8704 @enumerate
8705 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8706 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8707 @end enumerate
8708
8709 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8710 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8711
8712 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8713 There is a second pair of rules.
8714 @enumerate
8715 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8716 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8717 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8718 in Tcl.
8719 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8720 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8721 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8722 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8723 @end enumerate
8724
8725 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8726 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8727 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8728 Everything is a string}
8729
8730 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8731 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8732 difference is subtle.
8733 @enumerate
8734 @item Parse Time
8735 @item Evaluation Time
8736 @end enumerate
8737
8738 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8739 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8740 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8741
8742 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8743 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8744 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8745 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8746
8747 @itemize @bullet
8748 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8749 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8750 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8751 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8752 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8753 @example
8754 # bash example
8755 X=`date`
8756 echo "The Date is: $X"
8757 # Tcl example
8758 set X [date]
8759 puts "The Date is: $X"
8760 @end example
8761 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8762 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8763 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8764 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8765 is a string}
8766 @example
8767 set x "Dinner"
8768 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8769 @end example
8770 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8771 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8772 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8773 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8774 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8775 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8776 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8777 @end itemize
8778
8779 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8780
8781 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8782
8783 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8784
8785 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8786 the normal way.
8787
8788 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8789 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8790 line is immedatly executed.
8791
8792 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8793 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8794
8795 @subsection Command Execution
8796
8797 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8798 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8799 control flow operators.
8800
8801 Commands are executed like this:
8802
8803 @enumerate
8804 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8805 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8806 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8807 @end enumerate
8808
8809 It sort of works like this:
8810 @example
8811 for(;;)@{
8812 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8813
8814 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8815
8816 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8817 @}
8818 @end example
8819
8820 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8821 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8822 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8823 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8824 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8825 ``LookupCommand()''
8826
8827 @subsection The FOR command
8828
8829 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8830 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8831 command just like any other command.
8832
8833 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8834 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8835 are:
8836
8837 @enumerate 0
8838 @item The ascii text 'for'
8839 @item The start text
8840 @item The test expression
8841 @item The next text
8842 @item The body text
8843 @end enumerate
8844
8845 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8846 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8847 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8848 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8849
8850 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8851 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8852
8853 @example
8854 int
8855 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8856 int *argc,
8857 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8858 @end example
8859
8860 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8861 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8862 still operates in the same basic way.
8863
8864 @subsection FOR command implementation
8865
8866 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8867 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8868
8869 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8870
8871 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8872
8873 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8874 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8875 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8876
8877 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8878 expression and returns a value.
8879
8880 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8881 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8882 @example
8883 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8884
8885 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8886
8887 int
8888 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8889 int argc,
8890 char **argv )
8891 @{
8892 if( argc != 5 )@{
8893 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8894 return ERROR;
8895 @}
8896
8897 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8898
8899 // Execute the start statement.
8900 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8901
8902 // Top of loop test
8903 for(;;)@{
8904 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8905 if( i == 0 )
8906 break;
8907
8908 // Execute the body
8909 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8910
8911 // Execute the LOOP part
8912 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8913 @}
8914
8915 // Return no error
8916 SetResult( interp, "" );
8917 return SUCCESS;
8918 @}
8919 @end example
8920
8921 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8922 in the same basic way.
8923
8924 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8925
8926 @subsection source and find commands
8927 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8928 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8929 @*Remember the parsing rules
8930 @enumerate
8931 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8932 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8933 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8934 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8935 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8936 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8937 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8938 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8939 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8940 @end enumerate
8941 @subsection format command
8942 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8943 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8944 @b{sprintf()}.
8945 @b{Example}
8946 @example
8947 set x 6
8948 set y 7
8949 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8950 @end example
8951 @enumerate
8952 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8953 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8954 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8955 @* Refer to Rule #1
8956 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8957 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8958 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8959 @end enumerate
8960 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8961 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8962 @example
8963 #1 Good
8964 proc someproc @{@} @{
8965 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8966 @}
8967 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8968 #2 Good - no variables
8969 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8970 #3 Good Curly Braces
8971 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8972 puts "Time: [date]"
8973 @}
8974 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8975 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8976 @end example
8977 @enumerate
8978 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8979 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8980 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8981 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8982 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8983 command.
8984 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8985 @*There are 4 examples:
8986 @enumerate
8987 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8988 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8989 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8990 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8991 @end enumerate
8992
8993 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8994 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8995 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8996
8997 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8998 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8999 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9000 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9001 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9002 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9003 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9004 @end enumerate
9005 @subsection Global Variables
9006 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9007 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9008 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9009 @example
9010 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9011 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9012 global x #Global variable X
9013 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9014 @}
9015 @end example
9016 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9017 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9018 @example
9019 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9020 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9021 # Create var name
9022 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9023 # Make it a global
9024 global $vn
9025 # Set it.
9026 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9027 @}
9028 @end example
9029 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9030 @example
9031 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9032 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9033 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9034 @}
9035 @end example
9036
9037 @include fdl.texi
9038
9039 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9040 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9041 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9042 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9043 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9044 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9045
9046 @printindex cp
9047
9048 @node Command and Driver Index
9049 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9050 @printindex fn
9051
9052 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)